1 /* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ 2 #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H 3 #define __NET_CFG80211_H 4 /* 5 * 802.11 device and configuration interface 6 * 7 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 8 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH 9 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 10 * Copyright (C) 2018-2019 Intel Corporation 11 */ 12 13 #include <linux/netdevice.h> 14 #include <linux/debugfs.h> 15 #include <linux/list.h> 16 #include <linux/bug.h> 17 #include <linux/netlink.h> 18 #include <linux/skbuff.h> 19 #include <linux/nl80211.h> 20 #include <linux/if_ether.h> 21 #include <linux/ieee80211.h> 22 #include <linux/net.h> 23 #include <net/regulatory.h> 24 25 /** 26 * DOC: Introduction 27 * 28 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges 29 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated 30 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used 31 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent 32 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers 33 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely. 34 * 35 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum 36 * use restrictions. 37 */ 38 39 40 /** 41 * DOC: Device registration 42 * 43 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device 44 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs 45 * described below. 46 * 47 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each 48 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each 49 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with 50 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's 51 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes 52 * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the 53 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating 54 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the 55 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful. 56 * 57 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has 58 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and 59 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail. 60 */ 61 62 struct wiphy; 63 64 /* 65 * wireless hardware capability structures 66 */ 67 68 /** 69 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags 70 * 71 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code. 72 * 73 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled. 74 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes 75 * sending probe requests or beaconing. 76 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel. 77 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel 78 * is not permitted. 79 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel 80 * is not permitted. 81 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel. 82 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band, 83 * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this 84 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 85 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 86 * restrictions. 87 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band, 88 * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this 89 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 90 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 91 * restrictions. 92 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY 93 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 94 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 95 * on this channel. 96 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 97 * on this channel. 98 * 99 */ 100 enum ieee80211_channel_flags { 101 IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = 1<<0, 102 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = 1<<1, 103 /* hole at 1<<2 */ 104 IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = 1<<3, 105 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<4, 106 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<5, 107 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = 1<<6, 108 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = 1<<7, 109 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = 1<<8, 110 IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = 1<<9, 111 IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<10, 112 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = 1<<11, 113 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = 1<<12, 114 }; 115 116 #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \ 117 (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS) 118 119 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000 120 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000) 121 122 /** 123 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition 124 * 125 * This structure describes a single channel for use 126 * with cfg80211. 127 * 128 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz 129 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel 130 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags. 131 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory 132 * code to support devices with additional restrictions 133 * @band: band this channel belongs to. 134 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi 135 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm) 136 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm) 137 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon 138 * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon() 139 * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band. 140 * @orig_mag: internal use 141 * @orig_mpwr: internal use 142 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required 143 * on this channel. 144 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 145 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels. 146 */ 147 struct ieee80211_channel { 148 enum nl80211_band band; 149 u32 center_freq; 150 u16 hw_value; 151 u32 flags; 152 int max_antenna_gain; 153 int max_power; 154 int max_reg_power; 155 bool beacon_found; 156 u32 orig_flags; 157 int orig_mag, orig_mpwr; 158 enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state; 159 unsigned long dfs_state_entered; 160 unsigned int dfs_cac_ms; 161 }; 162 163 /** 164 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags 165 * 166 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured 167 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for 168 * different bands/PHY modes. 169 * 170 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short 171 * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and 172 * with CCK rates. 173 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 174 * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the 175 * core code when registering the wiphy. 176 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 177 * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 178 * core code when registering the wiphy. 179 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 180 * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 181 * core code when registering the wiphy. 182 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode. 183 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode 184 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode 185 */ 186 enum ieee80211_rate_flags { 187 IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<0, 188 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = 1<<1, 189 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = 1<<2, 190 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = 1<<3, 191 IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = 1<<4, 192 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = 1<<5, 193 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = 1<<6, 194 }; 195 196 /** 197 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter 198 * 199 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS 200 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS 201 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS 202 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS 203 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type 204 */ 205 enum ieee80211_bss_type { 206 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS, 207 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS, 208 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 209 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS, 210 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY 211 }; 212 213 /** 214 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter 215 * 216 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set 217 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear 218 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting 219 */ 220 enum ieee80211_privacy { 221 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON, 222 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF, 223 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY 224 }; 225 226 #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \ 227 ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF) 228 229 /** 230 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition 231 * 232 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can 233 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short 234 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are 235 * passed around. 236 * 237 * @flags: rate-specific flags 238 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps 239 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate 240 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when 241 * short preamble is used 242 */ 243 struct ieee80211_rate { 244 u32 flags; 245 u16 bitrate; 246 u16 hw_value, hw_value_short; 247 }; 248 249 /** 250 * struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse 251 * 252 * @enable: is the feature enabled. 253 * @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use 254 * @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use 255 */ 256 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd { 257 bool enable; 258 u8 min_offset; 259 u8 max_offset; 260 }; 261 262 /** 263 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities 264 * 265 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 266 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA. 267 * 268 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA 269 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec 270 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor 271 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing 272 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates 273 */ 274 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap { 275 u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */ 276 bool ht_supported; 277 u8 ampdu_factor; 278 u8 ampdu_density; 279 struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs; 280 }; 281 282 /** 283 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities 284 * 285 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 286 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA. 287 * 288 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA 289 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec 290 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates 291 */ 292 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap { 293 bool vht_supported; 294 u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */ 295 struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs; 296 }; 297 298 #define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 25 299 300 /** 301 * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities 302 * 303 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 304 * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA. 305 * 306 * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid. 307 * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element. 308 * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 309 * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 310 */ 311 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap { 312 bool has_he; 313 struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem; 314 struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp; 315 u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 316 }; 317 318 /** 319 * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data 320 * 321 * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the 322 * interface types defined in @types_mask. Each type in the 323 * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data. 324 * 325 * @types_mask: interface types mask 326 * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities 327 */ 328 struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data { 329 u16 types_mask; 330 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap; 331 }; 332 333 /** 334 * enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations 335 * 336 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz 337 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz 338 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz 339 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz 340 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 341 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 342 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 343 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and 344 * 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 345 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 346 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 347 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 348 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 349 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 350 * and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 351 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz, 352 * 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 353 */ 354 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config { 355 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4 = 4, 356 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5 = 5, 357 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6 = 6, 358 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7 = 7, 359 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8 = 8, 360 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9 = 9, 361 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10 = 10, 362 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11 = 11, 363 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12 = 12, 364 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13 = 13, 365 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14 = 14, 366 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15 = 15, 367 }; 368 369 /** 370 * struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration 371 * 372 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 373 * to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration 374 * 375 * @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s) 376 * that are allowed to be used for transmissions. 377 * Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc. 378 * Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported. 379 * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 380 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations 381 */ 382 struct ieee80211_edmg { 383 u8 channels; 384 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config; 385 }; 386 387 /** 388 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition 389 * 390 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy 391 * is able to operate in. 392 * 393 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate in 394 * in this band. 395 * @band: the band this structure represents 396 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels 397 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with 398 * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported 399 * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM. 400 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates 401 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band 402 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band 403 * @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band 404 * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries 405 * @iftype_data: interface type data entries. Note that the bits in 406 * @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only 407 * one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of 408 * iftype_data). 409 */ 410 struct ieee80211_supported_band { 411 struct ieee80211_channel *channels; 412 struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates; 413 enum nl80211_band band; 414 int n_channels; 415 int n_bitrates; 416 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap; 417 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap; 418 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap; 419 u16 n_iftype_data; 420 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftype_data; 421 }; 422 423 /** 424 * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype 425 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 426 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 427 * 428 * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found 429 */ 430 static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data * 431 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 432 u8 iftype) 433 { 434 int i; 435 436 if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX)) 437 return NULL; 438 439 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_iftype_data; i++) { 440 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 441 &sband->iftype_data[i]; 442 443 if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype)) 444 return data; 445 } 446 447 return NULL; 448 } 449 450 /** 451 * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype 452 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 453 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 454 * 455 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found 456 */ 457 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * 458 ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 459 u8 iftype) 460 { 461 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 462 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 463 464 if (data && data->he_cap.has_he) 465 return &data->he_cap; 466 467 return NULL; 468 } 469 470 /** 471 * ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's STA 472 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 473 * 474 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found 475 */ 476 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * 477 ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband) 478 { 479 return ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(sband, NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION); 480 } 481 482 /** 483 * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree 484 * 485 * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for 486 * 487 * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful 488 * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board 489 * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier). 490 * 491 * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable 492 * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with 493 * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make 494 * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified 495 * without affecting other devices. 496 * 497 * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev. 498 * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first. 499 * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register(). 500 */ 501 #ifdef CONFIG_OF 502 void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy); 503 #else /* CONFIG_OF */ 504 static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy) 505 { 506 } 507 #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */ 508 509 510 /* 511 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods 512 */ 513 514 /** 515 * DOC: Actions and configuration 516 * 517 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration 518 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these 519 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these 520 * operations use are described separately. 521 * 522 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status 523 * information via some functions that drivers need to call. 524 * 525 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described 526 * in a separate chapter. 527 */ 528 529 #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\ 530 WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN) 531 532 /** 533 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters 534 * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise 535 * %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set 536 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames 537 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface. 538 * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may 539 * determine the address as needed. 540 * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the 541 * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating 542 ** only p2p devices with specified MAC. 543 * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets 544 * belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed 545 * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring 546 * MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed 547 */ 548 struct vif_params { 549 u32 flags; 550 int use_4addr; 551 u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN]; 552 const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups; 553 const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr; 554 }; 555 556 /** 557 * struct key_params - key information 558 * 559 * Information about a key 560 * 561 * @key: key material 562 * @key_len: length of key material 563 * @cipher: cipher suite selector 564 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used 565 * with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian, 566 * length given by @seq_len. 567 * @seq_len: length of @seq. 568 * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX) 569 */ 570 struct key_params { 571 const u8 *key; 572 const u8 *seq; 573 int key_len; 574 int seq_len; 575 u32 cipher; 576 enum nl80211_key_mode mode; 577 }; 578 579 /** 580 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition 581 * @chan: the (control) channel 582 * @width: channel width 583 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment 584 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment 585 * (only with 80+80 MHz) 586 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration. 587 * If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero), 588 * chan will define the primary channel and all other 589 * parameters are ignored. 590 */ 591 struct cfg80211_chan_def { 592 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 593 enum nl80211_chan_width width; 594 u32 center_freq1; 595 u32 center_freq2; 596 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 597 }; 598 599 /** 600 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef 601 * @chandef: the channel definition 602 * 603 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given 604 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion. 605 */ 606 static inline enum nl80211_channel_type 607 cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 608 { 609 switch (chandef->width) { 610 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 611 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 612 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 613 return NL80211_CHAN_HT20; 614 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 615 if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq) 616 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS; 617 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS; 618 default: 619 WARN_ON(1); 620 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 621 } 622 } 623 624 /** 625 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type 626 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill 627 * @channel: the control channel 628 * @chantype: the channel type 629 * 630 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition. 631 */ 632 void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 633 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 634 enum nl80211_channel_type chantype); 635 636 /** 637 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical 638 * @chandef1: first channel definition 639 * @chandef2: second channel definition 640 * 641 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are 642 * identical, %false otherwise. 643 */ 644 static inline bool 645 cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 646 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2) 647 { 648 return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan && 649 chandef1->width == chandef2->width && 650 chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 && 651 chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2); 652 } 653 654 /** 655 * cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel 656 * 657 * @chandef: the channel definition 658 * 659 * Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise. 660 */ 661 static inline bool 662 cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 663 { 664 return chandef->edmg.channels || chandef->edmg.bw_config; 665 } 666 667 /** 668 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible 669 * @chandef1: first channel definition 670 * @chandef2: second channel definition 671 * 672 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible, 673 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise. 674 */ 675 const struct cfg80211_chan_def * 676 cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 677 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2); 678 679 /** 680 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid 681 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 682 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise. 683 */ 684 bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 685 686 /** 687 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used 688 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 689 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 690 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set 691 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise. 692 */ 693 bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, 694 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 695 u32 prohibited_flags); 696 697 /** 698 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required 699 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 700 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 701 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype 702 * Returns: 703 * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error 704 */ 705 int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy, 706 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 707 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 708 709 /** 710 * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel 711 * 712 * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK 713 * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels. 714 * 715 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 716 * 717 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel 718 */ 719 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags 720 ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 721 { 722 switch (chandef->width) { 723 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 724 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ; 725 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 726 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ; 727 default: 728 break; 729 } 730 return 0; 731 } 732 733 /** 734 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef 735 * 736 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel 737 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual 738 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels. 739 * 740 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 741 * 742 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef 743 */ 744 static inline int 745 ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 746 { 747 switch (chandef->width) { 748 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 749 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6, 750 chandef->chan->max_power); 751 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 752 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3, 753 chandef->chan->max_power); 754 default: 755 break; 756 } 757 return chandef->chan->max_power; 758 } 759 760 /** 761 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags 762 * 763 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in 764 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 765 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in 766 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in 767 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in 768 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in 769 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in 770 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in 771 * 772 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info 773 * it has filled in during the get_survey(). 774 */ 775 enum survey_info_flags { 776 SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0), 777 SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1), 778 SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2), 779 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3), 780 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4), 781 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5), 782 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6), 783 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7), 784 }; 785 786 /** 787 * struct survey_info - channel survey response 788 * 789 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single 790 * record to report global statistics 791 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags 792 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are 793 * optional 794 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel) 795 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy 796 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy 797 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data 798 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data 799 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning 800 * 801 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information. 802 * 803 * This structure can later be expanded with things like 804 * channel duty cycle etc. 805 */ 806 struct survey_info { 807 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 808 u64 time; 809 u64 time_busy; 810 u64 time_ext_busy; 811 u64 time_rx; 812 u64 time_tx; 813 u64 time_scan; 814 u32 filled; 815 s8 noise; 816 }; 817 818 #define CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS 4 819 820 /** 821 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings 822 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled 823 * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions) 824 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset) 825 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers 826 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites 827 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites 828 * @akm_suites: AKM suites 829 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 830 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 831 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 832 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 833 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be 834 * allowed through even on unauthorized ports 835 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port 836 * protocol frames. 837 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 838 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 839 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 840 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 841 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 842 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload) 843 * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE 844 * offload) 845 * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload) 846 */ 847 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings { 848 u32 wpa_versions; 849 u32 cipher_group; 850 int n_ciphers_pairwise; 851 u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES]; 852 int n_akm_suites; 853 u32 akm_suites[NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES]; 854 bool control_port; 855 __be16 control_port_ethertype; 856 bool control_port_no_encrypt; 857 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 858 struct key_params *wep_keys; 859 int wep_tx_key; 860 const u8 *psk; 861 const u8 *sae_pwd; 862 u8 sae_pwd_len; 863 }; 864 865 /** 866 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data 867 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE) 868 * or %NULL if not changed 869 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE) 870 * or %NULL if not changed 871 * @head_len: length of @head 872 * @tail_len: length of @tail 873 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL 874 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets 875 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response 876 * frames or %NULL 877 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets 878 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association 879 * Response frames or %NULL 880 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets 881 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp) 882 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only) 883 * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change 884 * (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data) 885 * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token 886 * (measurement type 8) 887 * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement 888 * Token (measurement type 11) 889 * @lci_len: LCI data length 890 * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length 891 */ 892 struct cfg80211_beacon_data { 893 const u8 *head, *tail; 894 const u8 *beacon_ies; 895 const u8 *proberesp_ies; 896 const u8 *assocresp_ies; 897 const u8 *probe_resp; 898 const u8 *lci; 899 const u8 *civicloc; 900 s8 ftm_responder; 901 902 size_t head_len, tail_len; 903 size_t beacon_ies_len; 904 size_t proberesp_ies_len; 905 size_t assocresp_ies_len; 906 size_t probe_resp_len; 907 size_t lci_len; 908 size_t civicloc_len; 909 }; 910 911 struct mac_address { 912 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 913 }; 914 915 /** 916 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data 917 * 918 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's 919 * entry specified by mac_addr 920 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed 921 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL 922 */ 923 struct cfg80211_acl_data { 924 enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy; 925 int n_acl_entries; 926 927 /* Keep it last */ 928 struct mac_address mac_addrs[]; 929 }; 930 931 /* 932 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control 933 */ 934 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask { 935 struct { 936 u32 legacy; 937 u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN]; 938 u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 939 enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi; 940 } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 941 }; 942 943 /** 944 * enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags 945 * 946 * Used by cfg80211_ap_settings 947 * 948 * @AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external authentication 949 */ 950 enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags { 951 AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(0), 952 }; 953 954 /** 955 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration 956 * 957 * Used to configure an AP interface. 958 * 959 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 960 * @beacon: beacon data 961 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 962 * @dtim_period: DTIM period 963 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from 964 * user space) 965 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid 966 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames 967 * @crypto: crypto settings 968 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy 969 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 970 * @smps_mode: SMPS mode 971 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity. 972 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window 973 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS 974 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for 975 * MAC address based access control 976 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG 977 * networks. 978 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 979 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled) 980 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled) 981 * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 982 * @ht_required: stations must support HT 983 * @vht_required: stations must support VHT 984 * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time 985 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags 986 * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings 987 */ 988 struct cfg80211_ap_settings { 989 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 990 991 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; 992 993 int beacon_interval, dtim_period; 994 const u8 *ssid; 995 size_t ssid_len; 996 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid; 997 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 998 bool privacy; 999 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 1000 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 1001 int inactivity_timeout; 1002 u8 p2p_ctwindow; 1003 bool p2p_opp_ps; 1004 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl; 1005 bool pbss; 1006 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 1007 1008 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap; 1009 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap; 1010 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap; 1011 bool ht_required, vht_required; 1012 bool twt_responder; 1013 u32 flags; 1014 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd; 1015 }; 1016 1017 /** 1018 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings 1019 * 1020 * Used for channel switch 1021 * 1022 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch 1023 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch 1024 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1025 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1026 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail) 1027 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response 1028 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel 1029 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel 1030 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing 1031 * @count: number of beacons until switch 1032 */ 1033 struct cfg80211_csa_settings { 1034 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1035 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa; 1036 const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon; 1037 const u16 *counter_offsets_presp; 1038 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon; 1039 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp; 1040 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after; 1041 bool radar_required; 1042 bool block_tx; 1043 u8 count; 1044 }; 1045 1046 #define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_DIFFERENT_CHANNELS 10 1047 1048 /** 1049 * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations 1050 * 1051 * Used to pass interface combination parameters 1052 * 1053 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want 1054 * to use for verification 1055 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel 1056 * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of 1057 * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths 1058 * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface 1059 * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum 1060 * nl80211_iftype. 1061 * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface 1062 * that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of 1063 * the verification 1064 */ 1065 struct iface_combination_params { 1066 int num_different_channels; 1067 u8 radar_detect; 1068 int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES]; 1069 u32 new_beacon_int; 1070 }; 1071 1072 /** 1073 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply 1074 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp) 1075 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability 1076 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state 1077 * 1078 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling, 1079 * for those that don't these flags will are used. 1080 */ 1081 enum station_parameters_apply_mask { 1082 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0), 1083 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1), 1084 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2), 1085 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_STA_TXPOWER = BIT(3), 1086 }; 1087 1088 /** 1089 * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration 1090 * 1091 * Used to configure txpower for station. 1092 * 1093 * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power 1094 * is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be 1095 * overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx 1096 * power per-interface or per-station. 1097 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power 1098 * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC 1099 * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power. 1100 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for 1101 * per peer TPC. 1102 */ 1103 struct sta_txpwr { 1104 s16 power; 1105 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type; 1106 }; 1107 1108 /** 1109 * struct station_parameters - station parameters 1110 * 1111 * Used to change and create a new station. 1112 * 1113 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to 1114 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1115 * (or NULL for no change) 1116 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates 1117 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed 1118 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1119 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values 1120 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1121 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change 1122 * @aid: AID or zero for no change 1123 * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change 1124 * @plink_action: plink action to take 1125 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station 1126 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station 1127 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station 1128 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format 1129 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 1130 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the 1131 * QoS info field (but already shifted down) 1132 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed 1133 * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value), 1134 * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask 1135 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set 1136 * to unknown) 1137 * @capability: station capability 1138 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station 1139 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities 1140 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format 1141 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels 1142 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format 1143 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes 1144 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification 1145 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used 1146 * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism 1147 * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station 1148 * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities 1149 * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station 1150 */ 1151 struct station_parameters { 1152 const u8 *supported_rates; 1153 struct net_device *vlan; 1154 u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set; 1155 u32 sta_modify_mask; 1156 int listen_interval; 1157 u16 aid; 1158 u16 peer_aid; 1159 u8 supported_rates_len; 1160 u8 plink_action; 1161 u8 plink_state; 1162 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa; 1163 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa; 1164 u8 uapsd_queues; 1165 u8 max_sp; 1166 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1167 u16 capability; 1168 const u8 *ext_capab; 1169 u8 ext_capab_len; 1170 const u8 *supported_channels; 1171 u8 supported_channels_len; 1172 const u8 *supported_oper_classes; 1173 u8 supported_oper_classes_len; 1174 u8 opmode_notif; 1175 bool opmode_notif_used; 1176 int support_p2p_ps; 1177 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa; 1178 u8 he_capa_len; 1179 u16 airtime_weight; 1180 struct sta_txpwr txpwr; 1181 }; 1182 1183 /** 1184 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters 1185 * 1186 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations). 1187 * 1188 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations 1189 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal 1190 * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication) 1191 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame 1192 */ 1193 struct station_del_parameters { 1194 const u8 *mac; 1195 u8 subtype; 1196 u16 reason_code; 1197 }; 1198 1199 /** 1200 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified 1201 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface 1202 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still 1203 * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted) 1204 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has 1205 * the AP MLME in the device 1206 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface 1207 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station 1208 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry 1209 * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when 1210 * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is 1211 * supported/used) 1212 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active 1213 * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace) 1214 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed) 1215 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed) 1216 */ 1217 enum cfg80211_station_type { 1218 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT, 1219 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC, 1220 CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT, 1221 CFG80211_STA_AP_STA, 1222 CFG80211_STA_IBSS, 1223 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP, 1224 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE, 1225 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL, 1226 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER, 1227 }; 1228 1229 /** 1230 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes 1231 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on 1232 * @params: the new parameters for a station 1233 * @statype: the type of station being modified 1234 * 1235 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function 1236 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that 1237 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if 1238 * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for 1239 * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this. 1240 */ 1241 int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1242 struct station_parameters *params, 1243 enum cfg80211_station_type statype); 1244 1245 /** 1246 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags 1247 * 1248 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1249 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1250 * 1251 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS 1252 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS 1253 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 1254 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS 1255 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information 1256 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode 1257 */ 1258 enum rate_info_flags { 1259 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0), 1260 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1), 1261 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2), 1262 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG = BIT(3), 1263 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS = BIT(4), 1264 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG = BIT(5), 1265 }; 1266 1267 /** 1268 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information 1269 * 1270 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth. 1271 * 1272 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth 1273 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth 1274 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth 1275 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth 1276 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth 1277 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth 1278 * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation 1279 */ 1280 enum rate_info_bw { 1281 RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0, 1282 RATE_INFO_BW_5, 1283 RATE_INFO_BW_10, 1284 RATE_INFO_BW_40, 1285 RATE_INFO_BW_80, 1286 RATE_INFO_BW_160, 1287 RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU, 1288 }; 1289 1290 /** 1291 * struct rate_info - bitrate information 1292 * 1293 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate 1294 * 1295 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags 1296 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE rate 1297 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg 1298 * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only) 1299 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw) 1300 * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi) 1301 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value 1302 * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc, 1303 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU) 1304 * @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4) 1305 */ 1306 struct rate_info { 1307 u8 flags; 1308 u8 mcs; 1309 u16 legacy; 1310 u8 nss; 1311 u8 bw; 1312 u8 he_gi; 1313 u8 he_dcm; 1314 u8 he_ru_alloc; 1315 u8 n_bonded_ch; 1316 }; 1317 1318 /** 1319 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags 1320 * 1321 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1322 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1323 * 1324 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled 1325 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1326 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 1327 */ 1328 enum bss_param_flags { 1329 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = 1<<0, 1330 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<1, 1331 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = 1<<2, 1332 }; 1333 1334 /** 1335 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station 1336 * 1337 * Information about the currently associated BSS 1338 * 1339 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags 1340 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS 1341 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1342 */ 1343 struct sta_bss_parameters { 1344 u8 flags; 1345 u8 dtim_period; 1346 u16 beacon_interval; 1347 }; 1348 1349 /** 1350 * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID 1351 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to 1352 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1353 * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged 1354 * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged 1355 * @flows: number of new flows seen 1356 * @drops: total number of packets dropped 1357 * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE 1358 * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow 1359 * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 1360 * @collisions: number of hash collisions 1361 * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued 1362 * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued 1363 * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported 1364 */ 1365 struct cfg80211_txq_stats { 1366 u32 filled; 1367 u32 backlog_bytes; 1368 u32 backlog_packets; 1369 u32 flows; 1370 u32 drops; 1371 u32 ecn_marks; 1372 u32 overlimit; 1373 u32 overmemory; 1374 u32 collisions; 1375 u32 tx_bytes; 1376 u32 tx_packets; 1377 u32 max_flows; 1378 }; 1379 1380 /** 1381 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics 1382 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to 1383 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1384 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs 1385 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs 1386 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for 1387 * transmitted MSDUs 1388 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs 1389 * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics 1390 */ 1391 struct cfg80211_tid_stats { 1392 u32 filled; 1393 u64 rx_msdu; 1394 u64 tx_msdu; 1395 u64 tx_msdu_retries; 1396 u64 tx_msdu_failed; 1397 struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats; 1398 }; 1399 1400 #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4 1401 1402 /** 1403 * struct station_info - station information 1404 * 1405 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station. 1406 * 1407 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to 1408 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 1409 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected 1410 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds 1411 * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association 1412 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station 1413 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station 1414 * @llid: mesh local link id 1415 * @plid: mesh peer link id 1416 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state 1417 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1418 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1419 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1420 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1421 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg 1422 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm 1423 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm 1424 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station 1425 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station 1426 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station 1427 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station 1428 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs) 1429 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK) 1430 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason. 1431 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters 1432 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 1433 * This number should increase every time the list of stations 1434 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 1435 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 1436 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request. 1437 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use 1438 * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for 1439 * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. 1440 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets. 1441 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values 1442 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered. 1443 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host. 1444 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode 1445 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode 1446 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode 1447 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers) 1448 * towards this station. 1449 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer 1450 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received 1451 * from this peer 1452 * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate 1453 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer 1454 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer 1455 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight 1456 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last 1457 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs. 1458 * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL. 1459 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame. 1460 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has 1461 * been sent. 1462 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station 1463 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with 1464 * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the 1465 * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address. 1466 * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric. 1467 */ 1468 struct station_info { 1469 u64 filled; 1470 u32 connected_time; 1471 u32 inactive_time; 1472 u64 assoc_at; 1473 u64 rx_bytes; 1474 u64 tx_bytes; 1475 u16 llid; 1476 u16 plid; 1477 u8 plink_state; 1478 s8 signal; 1479 s8 signal_avg; 1480 1481 u8 chains; 1482 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1483 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1484 1485 struct rate_info txrate; 1486 struct rate_info rxrate; 1487 u32 rx_packets; 1488 u32 tx_packets; 1489 u32 tx_retries; 1490 u32 tx_failed; 1491 u32 rx_dropped_misc; 1492 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param; 1493 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags; 1494 1495 int generation; 1496 1497 const u8 *assoc_req_ies; 1498 size_t assoc_req_ies_len; 1499 1500 u32 beacon_loss_count; 1501 s64 t_offset; 1502 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1503 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm; 1504 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm; 1505 1506 u32 expected_throughput; 1507 1508 u64 tx_duration; 1509 u64 rx_duration; 1510 u64 rx_beacon; 1511 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg; 1512 u8 connected_to_gate; 1513 1514 struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid; 1515 s8 ack_signal; 1516 s8 avg_ack_signal; 1517 1518 u16 airtime_weight; 1519 1520 u32 rx_mpdu_count; 1521 u32 fcs_err_count; 1522 1523 u32 airtime_link_metric; 1524 }; 1525 1526 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 1527 /** 1528 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station 1529 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to 1530 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest 1531 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information 1532 * 1533 * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information 1534 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be 1535 * considered undefined. 1536 */ 1537 int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 1538 struct station_info *sinfo); 1539 #else 1540 static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, 1541 const u8 *mac_addr, 1542 struct station_info *sinfo) 1543 { 1544 return -ENOENT; 1545 } 1546 #endif 1547 1548 /** 1549 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags 1550 * 1551 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits 1552 * according to the nl80211 flags. 1553 * 1554 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed 1555 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 1556 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 1557 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 1558 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 1559 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing 1560 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address 1561 */ 1562 enum monitor_flags { 1563 MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 1564 MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 1565 MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 1566 MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 1567 MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 1568 MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 1569 MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 1570 }; 1571 1572 /** 1573 * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags 1574 * 1575 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled 1576 * in during get_station() or dump_station(). 1577 * 1578 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled 1579 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled 1580 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled 1581 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled 1582 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled 1583 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled 1584 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled 1585 * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled 1586 * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled 1587 */ 1588 enum mpath_info_flags { 1589 MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0), 1590 MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1), 1591 MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2), 1592 MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3), 1593 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4), 1594 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5), 1595 MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6), 1596 MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT = BIT(7), 1597 MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE = BIT(8), 1598 }; 1599 1600 /** 1601 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information 1602 * 1603 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath(). 1604 * 1605 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags 1606 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination 1607 * @sn: target sequence number 1608 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path 1609 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs 1610 * @flags: mesh path flags 1611 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs 1612 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries 1613 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 1614 * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths 1615 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 1616 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 1617 * @hop_count: hops to destination 1618 * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination 1619 */ 1620 struct mpath_info { 1621 u32 filled; 1622 u32 frame_qlen; 1623 u32 sn; 1624 u32 metric; 1625 u32 exptime; 1626 u32 discovery_timeout; 1627 u8 discovery_retries; 1628 u8 flags; 1629 u8 hop_count; 1630 u32 path_change_count; 1631 1632 int generation; 1633 }; 1634 1635 /** 1636 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters 1637 * 1638 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode). 1639 * 1640 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection 1641 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1642 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed 1643 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1644 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed 1645 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1646 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1647 * (or NULL for no change) 1648 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates 1649 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations 1650 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode 1651 * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change) 1652 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change) 1653 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change) 1654 */ 1655 struct bss_parameters { 1656 int use_cts_prot; 1657 int use_short_preamble; 1658 int use_short_slot_time; 1659 const u8 *basic_rates; 1660 u8 basic_rates_len; 1661 int ap_isolate; 1662 int ht_opmode; 1663 s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps; 1664 }; 1665 1666 /** 1667 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration 1668 * 1669 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active. 1670 * 1671 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used 1672 * by the Mesh Peering Open message 1673 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units 1674 * used by the Mesh Peering Open message 1675 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by 1676 * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering 1677 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this 1678 * mesh interface 1679 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can 1680 * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh 1681 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA 1682 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection 1683 * elements 1684 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we 1685 * detect compatible mesh peers 1686 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to 1687 * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 1688 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ 1689 * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target 1690 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds 1691 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on 1692 * a path discovery in milliseconds 1693 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 1694 * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the 1695 * root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 1696 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 1697 * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 1698 * element 1699 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 1700 * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR 1701 * element 1702 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that 1703 * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh 1704 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA 1705 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root 1706 * announcements are transmitted 1707 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh 1708 * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is 1709 * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true 1710 * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but 1711 * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the 1712 * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec) 1713 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding 1714 * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 1715 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate 1716 * station to establish a peer link 1717 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode 1718 * 1719 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 1720 * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to 1721 * the root mesh STA to be valid. 1722 * 1723 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive 1724 * PREQs are transmitted. 1725 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs) 1726 * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing 1727 * a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 1728 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial 1729 * setting for new peer links. 1730 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake 1731 * after transmitting its beacon. 1732 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established 1733 * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it 1734 * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes. 1735 * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is 1736 * connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info. If false, the 1737 * value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths 1738 * in the mesh path table 1739 */ 1740 struct mesh_config { 1741 u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout; 1742 u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout; 1743 u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout; 1744 u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks; 1745 u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries; 1746 u8 dot11MeshTTL; 1747 u8 element_ttl; 1748 bool auto_open_plinks; 1749 u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor; 1750 u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries; 1751 u32 path_refresh_time; 1752 u16 min_discovery_timeout; 1753 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout; 1754 u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval; 1755 u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval; 1756 u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime; 1757 u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode; 1758 bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate; 1759 u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval; 1760 bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol; 1761 bool dot11MeshForwarding; 1762 s32 rssi_threshold; 1763 u16 ht_opmode; 1764 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout; 1765 u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval; 1766 u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval; 1767 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode; 1768 u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration; 1769 u32 plink_timeout; 1770 }; 1771 1772 /** 1773 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration 1774 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1775 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID 1776 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes 1777 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use 1778 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use 1779 * @path_metric: which metric to use 1780 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using 1781 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional) 1782 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements 1783 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication 1784 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security 1785 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions 1786 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use 1787 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 1788 * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a] 1789 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh 1790 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 1791 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 1792 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 1793 * to operate on DFS channels. 1794 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 1795 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 1796 * 1797 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created. 1798 */ 1799 struct mesh_setup { 1800 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1801 const u8 *mesh_id; 1802 u8 mesh_id_len; 1803 u8 sync_method; 1804 u8 path_sel_proto; 1805 u8 path_metric; 1806 u8 auth_id; 1807 const u8 *ie; 1808 u8 ie_len; 1809 bool is_authenticated; 1810 bool is_secure; 1811 bool user_mpm; 1812 u8 dtim_period; 1813 u16 beacon_interval; 1814 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 1815 u32 basic_rates; 1816 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 1817 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 1818 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 1819 }; 1820 1821 /** 1822 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration 1823 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1824 * 1825 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network 1826 */ 1827 struct ocb_setup { 1828 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1829 }; 1830 1831 /** 1832 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters 1833 * @ac: AC identifier 1834 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled 1835 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 1836 * 1..32767] 1837 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 1838 * 1..32767] 1839 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 1840 */ 1841 struct ieee80211_txq_params { 1842 enum nl80211_ac ac; 1843 u16 txop; 1844 u16 cwmin; 1845 u16 cwmax; 1846 u8 aifs; 1847 }; 1848 1849 /** 1850 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling 1851 * 1852 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite 1853 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will 1854 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the 1855 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the 1856 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to 1857 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements 1858 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be 1859 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised 1860 * in the wiphy structure. 1861 * 1862 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because 1863 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not 1864 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist. 1865 * 1866 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of 1867 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the 1868 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available 1869 * to userspace. 1870 */ 1871 1872 /** 1873 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description 1874 * @ssid: the SSID 1875 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid 1876 */ 1877 struct cfg80211_ssid { 1878 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 1879 u8 ssid_len; 1880 }; 1881 1882 /** 1883 * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan 1884 * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the 1885 * wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this 1886 * information is not available, this field is left zero. 1887 * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set. 1888 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason, 1889 * userspace will be notified of that 1890 */ 1891 struct cfg80211_scan_info { 1892 u64 scan_start_tsf; 1893 u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1894 bool aborted; 1895 }; 1896 1897 /** 1898 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description 1899 * 1900 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only) 1901 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 1902 * @channels: channels to scan on. 1903 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 1904 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 1905 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 1906 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 1907 * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If 1908 * %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and 1909 * the actual dwell time may be shorter. 1910 * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the 1911 * %duration field. 1912 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 1913 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band 1914 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 1915 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started 1916 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for 1917 * @info: (internal) information about completed scan 1918 * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted 1919 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band 1920 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 1921 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 1922 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 1923 * be taken from the @mac_addr 1924 * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID) 1925 */ 1926 struct cfg80211_scan_request { 1927 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 1928 int n_ssids; 1929 u32 n_channels; 1930 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 1931 const u8 *ie; 1932 size_t ie_len; 1933 u16 duration; 1934 bool duration_mandatory; 1935 u32 flags; 1936 1937 u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 1938 1939 struct wireless_dev *wdev; 1940 1941 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1942 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1943 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1944 1945 /* internal */ 1946 struct wiphy *wiphy; 1947 unsigned long scan_start; 1948 struct cfg80211_scan_info info; 1949 bool notified; 1950 bool no_cck; 1951 1952 /* keep last */ 1953 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0]; 1954 }; 1955 1956 static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask) 1957 { 1958 int i; 1959 1960 get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN); 1961 for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) { 1962 buf[i] &= ~mask[i]; 1963 buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i]; 1964 } 1965 } 1966 1967 /** 1968 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match 1969 * 1970 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match 1971 * or no match (RSSI only) 1972 * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match 1973 * or no match (RSSI only) 1974 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm) 1975 * @per_band_rssi_thold: Minimum rssi threshold for each band to be applied 1976 * for filtering out scan results received. Drivers advertize this support 1977 * of band specific rssi based filtering through the feature capability 1978 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD. These band 1979 * specific rssi thresholds take precedence over rssi_thold, if specified. 1980 * If not specified for any band, it will be assigned with rssi_thold of 1981 * corresponding matchset. 1982 */ 1983 struct cfg80211_match_set { 1984 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 1985 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 1986 s32 rssi_thold; 1987 s32 per_band_rssi_thold[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 1988 }; 1989 1990 /** 1991 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan 1992 * 1993 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds. 1994 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means 1995 * infinite loop. 1996 * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero, 1997 * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations. 1998 */ 1999 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan { 2000 u32 interval; 2001 u32 iterations; 2002 }; 2003 2004 /** 2005 * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment. 2006 * 2007 * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment. 2008 * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment. 2009 */ 2010 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust { 2011 enum nl80211_band band; 2012 s8 delta; 2013 }; 2014 2015 /** 2016 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description 2017 * 2018 * @reqid: identifies this request. 2019 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans) 2020 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2021 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2022 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 2023 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2024 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2025 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 2026 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result 2027 * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host 2028 * (others are filtered out). 2029 * If ommited, all results are passed. 2030 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets 2031 * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request 2032 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2033 * @dev: the interface 2034 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan 2035 * @channels: channels to scan 2036 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this 2037 * contains the minimum over all matchsets 2038 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2039 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2040 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2041 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2042 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest 2043 * index must be executed first. 2044 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1. 2045 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct 2046 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request 2047 * owned by a particular socket) 2048 * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed 2049 * @list: for keeping list of requests. 2050 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan 2051 * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start 2052 * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not 2053 * supported. 2054 * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not. 2055 * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result 2056 * reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined 2057 * to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS. 2058 * The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state. 2059 * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong 2060 * to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported 2061 * using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that 2062 * belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative 2063 * comparisions. 2064 */ 2065 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request { 2066 u64 reqid; 2067 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2068 int n_ssids; 2069 u32 n_channels; 2070 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2071 const u8 *ie; 2072 size_t ie_len; 2073 u32 flags; 2074 struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets; 2075 int n_match_sets; 2076 s32 min_rssi_thold; 2077 u32 delay; 2078 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans; 2079 int n_scan_plans; 2080 2081 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2082 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2083 2084 bool relative_rssi_set; 2085 s8 relative_rssi; 2086 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust; 2087 2088 /* internal */ 2089 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2090 struct net_device *dev; 2091 unsigned long scan_start; 2092 bool report_results; 2093 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2094 u32 owner_nlportid; 2095 bool nl_owner_dead; 2096 struct list_head list; 2097 2098 /* keep last */ 2099 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0]; 2100 }; 2101 2102 /** 2103 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type 2104 * 2105 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available 2106 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm) 2107 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100 2108 */ 2109 enum cfg80211_signal_type { 2110 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE, 2111 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, 2112 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC, 2113 }; 2114 2115 /** 2116 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data 2117 * @chan: channel the frame was received on 2118 * @scan_width: scan width that was used 2119 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's 2120 * signal type 2121 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was 2122 * received; should match the time when the frame was actually 2123 * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was 2124 * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms. 2125 * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of 2126 * ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate. 2127 * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the 2128 * timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified 2129 * by %parent_bssid. 2130 * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to 2131 * the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received. 2132 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2133 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2134 */ 2135 struct cfg80211_inform_bss { 2136 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 2137 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2138 s32 signal; 2139 u64 boottime_ns; 2140 u64 parent_tsf; 2141 u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2142 u8 chains; 2143 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2144 }; 2145 2146 /** 2147 * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data 2148 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs 2149 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing 2150 * @len: length of the IEs 2151 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon 2152 * @data: IE data 2153 */ 2154 struct cfg80211_bss_ies { 2155 u64 tsf; 2156 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2157 int len; 2158 bool from_beacon; 2159 u8 data[]; 2160 }; 2161 2162 /** 2163 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description 2164 * 2165 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network) 2166 * for use in scan results and similar. 2167 * 2168 * @channel: channel this BSS is on 2169 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 2170 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS 2171 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame 2172 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order 2173 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these 2174 * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or 2175 * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been 2176 * received. It is always non-%NULL. 2177 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame 2178 * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't 2179 * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the 2180 * @hidden_beacon_bss struct) 2181 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame 2182 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from 2183 * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct 2184 * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and 2185 * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case. 2186 * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a 2187 * non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support) 2188 * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one 2189 * (multi-BSSID support) 2190 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type) 2191 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2192 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2193 * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set 2194 * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set 2195 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes 2196 */ 2197 struct cfg80211_bss { 2198 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 2199 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2200 2201 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies; 2202 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies; 2203 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies; 2204 2205 struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss; 2206 struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss; 2207 struct list_head nontrans_list; 2208 2209 s32 signal; 2210 2211 u16 beacon_interval; 2212 u16 capability; 2213 2214 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2215 u8 chains; 2216 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2217 2218 u8 bssid_index; 2219 u8 max_bssid_indicator; 2220 2221 u8 priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); 2222 }; 2223 2224 /** 2225 * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID 2226 * @bss: the bss to search 2227 * @id: the element ID 2228 * 2229 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2230 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2231 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2232 */ 2233 const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id); 2234 2235 /** 2236 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID 2237 * @bss: the bss to search 2238 * @id: the element ID 2239 * 2240 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2241 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2242 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2243 */ 2244 static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id) 2245 { 2246 return (void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id); 2247 } 2248 2249 2250 /** 2251 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data 2252 * 2253 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2254 * authentication. 2255 * 2256 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference 2257 * to it if it needs to keep it. 2258 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 2259 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL 2260 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2261 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 2262 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 2263 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 2264 * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains 2265 * the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the 2266 * Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication 2267 * transaction sequence number field. 2268 * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets 2269 */ 2270 struct cfg80211_auth_request { 2271 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2272 const u8 *ie; 2273 size_t ie_len; 2274 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 2275 const u8 *key; 2276 u8 key_len, key_idx; 2277 const u8 *auth_data; 2278 size_t auth_data_len; 2279 }; 2280 2281 /** 2282 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association. 2283 * 2284 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n) 2285 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT 2286 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association 2287 * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external 2288 * authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to 2289 * userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect() 2290 * request (connect callback). 2291 */ 2292 enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags { 2293 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0), 2294 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1), 2295 ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2), 2296 CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(3), 2297 }; 2298 2299 /** 2300 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data 2301 * 2302 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2303 * (re)association. 2304 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is 2305 * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc() 2306 * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new 2307 * association requests while already associating must be rejected. 2308 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL 2309 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2310 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association 2311 * @crypto: crypto settings 2312 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 2313 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 2314 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 2315 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 2316 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 2317 * frame. 2318 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 2319 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2320 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2321 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2322 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override 2323 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use 2324 * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or 2325 * %NULL if FILS is not used. 2326 * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets 2327 * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association 2328 * Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts 2329 * with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2330 */ 2331 struct cfg80211_assoc_request { 2332 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2333 const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid; 2334 size_t ie_len; 2335 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 2336 bool use_mfp; 2337 u32 flags; 2338 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2339 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2340 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask; 2341 const u8 *fils_kek; 2342 size_t fils_kek_len; 2343 const u8 *fils_nonces; 2344 }; 2345 2346 /** 2347 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data 2348 * 2349 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2350 * deauthentication. 2351 * 2352 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS to deauthenticate from 2353 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL 2354 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2355 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication 2356 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and 2357 * do not set a deauth frame 2358 */ 2359 struct cfg80211_deauth_request { 2360 const u8 *bssid; 2361 const u8 *ie; 2362 size_t ie_len; 2363 u16 reason_code; 2364 bool local_state_change; 2365 }; 2366 2367 /** 2368 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data 2369 * 2370 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2371 * disassociation. 2372 * 2373 * @bss: the BSS to disassociate from 2374 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL 2375 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2376 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation 2377 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no 2378 * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted. 2379 */ 2380 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request { 2381 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2382 const u8 *ie; 2383 size_t ie_len; 2384 u16 reason_code; 2385 bool local_state_change; 2386 }; 2387 2388 /** 2389 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters 2390 * 2391 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss() 2392 * method. 2393 * 2394 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null. 2395 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero. 2396 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not 2397 * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID. 2398 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found 2399 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for 2400 * IBSSs to join on other channels. 2401 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon 2402 * @ie_len: length of that 2403 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 2404 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured 2405 * after joining 2406 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 2407 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 2408 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 2409 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 2410 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 2411 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 2412 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 2413 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 2414 * to operate on DFS channels. 2415 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS 2416 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) 2417 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2418 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2419 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2420 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 2421 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 2422 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 2423 */ 2424 struct cfg80211_ibss_params { 2425 const u8 *ssid; 2426 const u8 *bssid; 2427 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2428 const u8 *ie; 2429 u8 ssid_len, ie_len; 2430 u16 beacon_interval; 2431 u32 basic_rates; 2432 bool channel_fixed; 2433 bool privacy; 2434 bool control_port; 2435 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 2436 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 2437 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2438 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2439 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2440 struct key_params *wep_keys; 2441 int wep_tx_key; 2442 }; 2443 2444 /** 2445 * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection. 2446 * 2447 * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour. 2448 * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour. 2449 * @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF. 2450 * @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST. 2451 */ 2452 struct cfg80211_bss_selection { 2453 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour; 2454 union { 2455 enum nl80211_band band_pref; 2456 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust; 2457 } param; 2458 }; 2459 2460 /** 2461 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters 2462 * 2463 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2464 * authentication and association. 2465 * 2466 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based 2467 * on scan results) 2468 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or 2469 * %NULL if not specified 2470 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan 2471 * results) 2472 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or 2473 * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is 2474 * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS 2475 * to use. 2476 * @ssid: SSID 2477 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets 2478 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 2479 * @ie: IEs for association request 2480 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets 2481 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used 2482 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used 2483 * @crypto: crypto settings 2484 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 2485 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 2486 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 2487 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 2488 * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds 2489 * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used. 2490 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2491 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2492 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2493 * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides 2494 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used. 2495 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG 2496 * networks. 2497 * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection. 2498 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 2499 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 2500 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 2501 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 2502 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 2503 * frame. 2504 * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the 2505 * NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped 2506 * data IE. 2507 * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets. 2508 * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or 2509 * %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and 2510 * is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 2511 * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets. 2512 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP 2513 * messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 2514 * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional 2515 * keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified. 2516 * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets. 2517 * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver 2518 * offload of 4-way handshake. 2519 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels. 2520 * This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver 2521 * to choose from, based on BSS configuration. 2522 */ 2523 struct cfg80211_connect_params { 2524 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 2525 struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint; 2526 const u8 *bssid; 2527 const u8 *bssid_hint; 2528 const u8 *ssid; 2529 size_t ssid_len; 2530 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 2531 const u8 *ie; 2532 size_t ie_len; 2533 bool privacy; 2534 enum nl80211_mfp mfp; 2535 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 2536 const u8 *key; 2537 u8 key_len, key_idx; 2538 u32 flags; 2539 int bg_scan_period; 2540 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2541 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2542 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa; 2543 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask; 2544 bool pbss; 2545 struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select; 2546 const u8 *prev_bssid; 2547 const u8 *fils_erp_username; 2548 size_t fils_erp_username_len; 2549 const u8 *fils_erp_realm; 2550 size_t fils_erp_realm_len; 2551 u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num; 2552 const u8 *fils_erp_rrk; 2553 size_t fils_erp_rrk_len; 2554 bool want_1x; 2555 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 2556 }; 2557 2558 /** 2559 * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated 2560 * 2561 * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that 2562 * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call. 2563 * 2564 * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated 2565 * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm, 2566 * username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated 2567 * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated 2568 */ 2569 enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed { 2570 UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0), 2571 UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO = BIT(1), 2572 UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE = BIT(2), 2573 }; 2574 2575 /** 2576 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values 2577 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed 2578 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed 2579 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed 2580 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed 2581 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed 2582 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled 2583 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed 2584 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed 2585 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum 2586 */ 2587 enum wiphy_params_flags { 2588 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = 1 << 0, 2589 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = 1 << 1, 2590 WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = 1 << 2, 2591 WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = 1 << 3, 2592 WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = 1 << 4, 2593 WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = 1 << 5, 2594 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT = 1 << 6, 2595 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT = 1 << 7, 2596 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM = 1 << 8, 2597 }; 2598 2599 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT 256 2600 2601 /** 2602 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association 2603 * 2604 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA 2605 * caching. 2606 * 2607 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL). 2608 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 2609 * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key 2610 * derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL. 2611 * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on 2612 * the hash algorithm used to generate this. 2613 * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS 2614 * cache identifier (may be %NULL). 2615 * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets. 2616 * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the 2617 * scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be 2618 * %NULL). 2619 */ 2620 struct cfg80211_pmksa { 2621 const u8 *bssid; 2622 const u8 *pmkid; 2623 const u8 *pmk; 2624 size_t pmk_len; 2625 const u8 *ssid; 2626 size_t ssid_len; 2627 const u8 *cache_id; 2628 }; 2629 2630 /** 2631 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern 2632 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes, 2633 * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211 2634 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1 2635 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes) 2636 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes) 2637 * 2638 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of 2639 * memory, free @mask only! 2640 */ 2641 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern { 2642 const u8 *mask, *pattern; 2643 int pattern_len; 2644 int pkt_offset; 2645 }; 2646 2647 /** 2648 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters 2649 * 2650 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation 2651 * @src: source IP address 2652 * @dst: destination IP address 2653 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address 2654 * @src_port: source port 2655 * @dst_port: destination port 2656 * @payload_len: data payload length 2657 * @payload: data payload buffer 2658 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration 2659 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets 2660 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length 2661 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data 2662 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask 2663 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer 2664 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration 2665 */ 2666 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp { 2667 struct socket *sock; 2668 __be32 src, dst; 2669 u16 src_port, dst_port; 2670 u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN]; 2671 int payload_len; 2672 const u8 *payload; 2673 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq; 2674 u32 data_interval; 2675 u32 wake_len; 2676 const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask; 2677 u32 tokens_size; 2678 /* must be last, variable member */ 2679 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok; 2680 }; 2681 2682 /** 2683 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info 2684 * 2685 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device. 2686 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues 2687 * operating as normal during suspend 2688 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected 2689 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet 2690 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern 2691 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 2692 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure 2693 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet 2694 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake 2695 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released 2696 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h. 2697 * NULL if not configured. 2698 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake. 2699 */ 2700 struct cfg80211_wowlan { 2701 bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 2702 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 2703 rfkill_release; 2704 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 2705 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp; 2706 int n_patterns; 2707 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config; 2708 }; 2709 2710 /** 2711 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters 2712 * 2713 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device. 2714 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs. 2715 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence. 2716 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 2717 * @patterns: array of packet patterns 2718 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 2719 */ 2720 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules { 2721 int delay; 2722 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition; 2723 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 2724 int n_patterns; 2725 }; 2726 2727 /** 2728 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings 2729 * 2730 * This structure defines coalescing settings. 2731 * @rules: array of coalesce rules 2732 * @n_rules: number of rules 2733 */ 2734 struct cfg80211_coalesce { 2735 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules; 2736 int n_rules; 2737 }; 2738 2739 /** 2740 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match 2741 * 2742 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up 2743 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This 2744 * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels. 2745 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match 2746 * occurred (in MHz) 2747 */ 2748 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match { 2749 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 2750 int n_channels; 2751 u32 channels[]; 2752 }; 2753 2754 /** 2755 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information 2756 * 2757 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in 2758 * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide 2759 * match information. 2760 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about 2761 * the matches that triggered the wake up. 2762 */ 2763 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info { 2764 int n_matches; 2765 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[]; 2766 }; 2767 2768 /** 2769 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report 2770 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected 2771 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet 2772 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure 2773 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet 2774 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake 2775 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released 2776 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern 2777 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data 2778 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length 2779 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any. 2780 * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data 2781 * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for 2782 * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which 2783 * it is. 2784 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received 2785 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish 2786 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens 2787 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect 2788 */ 2789 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup { 2790 bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 2791 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 2792 rfkill_release, packet_80211, 2793 tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens; 2794 s32 pattern_idx; 2795 u32 packet_present_len, packet_len; 2796 const void *packet; 2797 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect; 2798 }; 2799 2800 /** 2801 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data 2802 * @kek: key encryption key (NL80211_KEK_LEN bytes) 2803 * @kck: key confirmation key (NL80211_KCK_LEN bytes) 2804 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes) 2805 */ 2806 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data { 2807 const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr; 2808 }; 2809 2810 /** 2811 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information 2812 * 2813 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE 2814 * 2815 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value 2816 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs 2817 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets 2818 */ 2819 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params { 2820 u16 md; 2821 const u8 *ie; 2822 size_t ie_len; 2823 }; 2824 2825 /** 2826 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters 2827 * 2828 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame 2829 * 2830 * @chan: channel to use 2831 * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required 2832 * @wait: duration for ROC 2833 * @buf: buffer to transmit 2834 * @len: buffer length 2835 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame 2836 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack 2837 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array 2838 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame 2839 */ 2840 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params { 2841 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 2842 bool offchan; 2843 unsigned int wait; 2844 const u8 *buf; 2845 size_t len; 2846 bool no_cck; 2847 bool dont_wait_for_ack; 2848 int n_csa_offsets; 2849 const u16 *csa_offsets; 2850 }; 2851 2852 /** 2853 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception 2854 * 2855 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition 2856 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs 2857 */ 2858 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception { 2859 u8 dscp; 2860 u8 up; 2861 }; 2862 2863 /** 2864 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority 2865 * 2866 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 2867 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 2868 */ 2869 struct cfg80211_dscp_range { 2870 u8 low; 2871 u8 high; 2872 }; 2873 2874 /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */ 2875 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21 2876 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16 2877 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \ 2878 (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX) 2879 2880 /** 2881 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information 2882 * 2883 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values 2884 * 2885 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21) 2886 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from 2887 * the user priority DSCP range definition 2888 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority 2889 */ 2890 struct cfg80211_qos_map { 2891 u8 num_des; 2892 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX]; 2893 struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8]; 2894 }; 2895 2896 /** 2897 * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration 2898 * 2899 * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters 2900 * 2901 * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255) 2902 * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. 2903 * For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 2904 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 2905 */ 2906 struct cfg80211_nan_conf { 2907 u8 master_pref; 2908 u8 bands; 2909 }; 2910 2911 /** 2912 * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN 2913 * configuration 2914 * 2915 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference 2916 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands 2917 */ 2918 enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes { 2919 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0), 2920 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1), 2921 }; 2922 2923 /** 2924 * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter 2925 * 2926 * @filter: the content of the filter 2927 * @len: the length of the filter 2928 */ 2929 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter { 2930 const u8 *filter; 2931 u8 len; 2932 }; 2933 2934 /** 2935 * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function 2936 * 2937 * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type 2938 * @service_id: the service ID of the function 2939 * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type 2940 * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is 2941 * implementation specific. 2942 * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted 2943 * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active 2944 * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up 2945 * @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up 2946 * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up 2947 * @ttl: time to live counter in DW. 2948 * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info 2949 * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length 2950 * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive 2951 * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter 2952 * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length 2953 * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index 2954 * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses 2955 * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF 2956 * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter 2957 * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF. 2958 * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters. 2959 * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters. 2960 * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function. 2961 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier. 2962 */ 2963 struct cfg80211_nan_func { 2964 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 2965 u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN]; 2966 u8 publish_type; 2967 bool close_range; 2968 bool publish_bcast; 2969 bool subscribe_active; 2970 u8 followup_id; 2971 u8 followup_reqid; 2972 struct mac_address followup_dest; 2973 u32 ttl; 2974 const u8 *serv_spec_info; 2975 u8 serv_spec_info_len; 2976 bool srf_include; 2977 const u8 *srf_bf; 2978 u8 srf_bf_len; 2979 u8 srf_bf_idx; 2980 struct mac_address *srf_macs; 2981 int srf_num_macs; 2982 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters; 2983 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters; 2984 u8 num_tx_filters; 2985 u8 num_rx_filters; 2986 u8 instance_id; 2987 u64 cookie; 2988 }; 2989 2990 /** 2991 * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration 2992 * 2993 * @aa: authenticator address 2994 * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes. 2995 * @pmk: the PMK material 2996 * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK 2997 * is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field 2998 * holds PMK-R0. 2999 */ 3000 struct cfg80211_pmk_conf { 3001 const u8 *aa; 3002 u8 pmk_len; 3003 const u8 *pmk; 3004 const u8 *pmk_r0_name; 3005 }; 3006 3007 /** 3008 * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication. 3009 * 3010 * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces. 3011 * 3012 * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant 3013 * for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space). 3014 * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has 3015 * to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and 3016 * authentication response command interface. 3017 * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and 3018 * authentication response command interface. 3019 * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the 3020 * authentication request event interface. 3021 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication, 3022 * use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you 3023 * the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication 3024 * response command interface (user space to driver). 3025 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 3026 */ 3027 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params { 3028 enum nl80211_external_auth_action action; 3029 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3030 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 3031 unsigned int key_mgmt_suite; 3032 u16 status; 3033 const u8 *pmkid; 3034 }; 3035 3036 /** 3037 * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 3038 * 3039 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to 3040 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 3041 * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully 3042 * answered 3043 * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were 3044 * successfully answered 3045 * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions 3046 * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions 3047 * @non_asap_num: number of non-ASAP FTM sessions 3048 * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication 3049 * of how much time the responder was busy 3050 * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from 3051 * initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with 3052 * the responder 3053 * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks 3054 * for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot 3055 * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window 3056 */ 3057 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats { 3058 u32 filled; 3059 u32 success_num; 3060 u32 partial_num; 3061 u32 failed_num; 3062 u32 asap_num; 3063 u32 non_asap_num; 3064 u64 total_duration_ms; 3065 u32 unknown_triggers_num; 3066 u32 reschedule_requests_num; 3067 u32 out_of_window_triggers_num; 3068 }; 3069 3070 /** 3071 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result 3072 * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is 3073 * %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise 3074 * reason than just "failure" 3075 * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index 3076 * in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported 3077 * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted 3078 * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked 3079 * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 3080 * fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible 3081 * by the responder 3082 * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated 3083 * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated 3084 * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated 3085 * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present) 3086 * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present) 3087 * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL) 3088 * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL) 3089 * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported 3090 * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported 3091 * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response 3092 * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame 3093 * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg) 3094 * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is 3095 * the square root of the variance) 3096 * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured 3097 * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured 3098 * (must have either this or @rtt_avg) 3099 * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance) 3100 * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread) 3101 * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid 3102 * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid 3103 * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid 3104 * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid 3105 * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid 3106 * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid 3107 * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid 3108 * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid 3109 * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid 3110 * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid 3111 * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid 3112 * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid 3113 */ 3114 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result { 3115 const u8 *lci; 3116 const u8 *civicloc; 3117 unsigned int lci_len; 3118 unsigned int civicloc_len; 3119 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason; 3120 u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes; 3121 s16 burst_index; 3122 u8 busy_retry_time; 3123 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3124 u8 burst_duration; 3125 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3126 s32 rssi_avg; 3127 s32 rssi_spread; 3128 struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate; 3129 s64 rtt_avg; 3130 s64 rtt_variance; 3131 s64 rtt_spread; 3132 s64 dist_avg; 3133 s64 dist_variance; 3134 s64 dist_spread; 3135 3136 u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1, 3137 num_ftmr_successes_valid:1, 3138 rssi_avg_valid:1, 3139 rssi_spread_valid:1, 3140 tx_rate_valid:1, 3141 rx_rate_valid:1, 3142 rtt_avg_valid:1, 3143 rtt_variance_valid:1, 3144 rtt_spread_valid:1, 3145 dist_avg_valid:1, 3146 dist_variance_valid:1, 3147 dist_spread_valid:1; 3148 }; 3149 3150 /** 3151 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result 3152 * @addr: address of the peer 3153 * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the 3154 * measurement was made) 3155 * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time 3156 * @status: status of the measurement 3157 * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not 3158 * reporting partial results always set this flag 3159 * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid 3160 * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting 3161 * one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and 3162 * they're all aggregated for userspace. 3163 */ 3164 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result { 3165 u64 host_time, ap_tsf; 3166 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status; 3167 3168 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3169 3170 u8 final:1, 3171 ap_tsf_valid:1; 3172 3173 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type; 3174 3175 union { 3176 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm; 3177 }; 3178 }; 3179 3180 /** 3181 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data 3182 * @requested: indicates FTM is requested 3183 * @preamble: frame preamble to use 3184 * @burst_period: burst period to use 3185 * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode 3186 * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent 3187 * @burst_duration: burst duration 3188 * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst 3189 * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request 3190 * @request_lci: request LCI information 3191 * @request_civicloc: request civic location information 3192 * 3193 * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation. 3194 */ 3195 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer { 3196 enum nl80211_preamble preamble; 3197 u16 burst_period; 3198 u8 requested:1, 3199 asap:1, 3200 request_lci:1, 3201 request_civicloc:1; 3202 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3203 u8 burst_duration; 3204 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3205 u8 ftmr_retries; 3206 }; 3207 3208 /** 3209 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request 3210 * @addr: MAC address 3211 * @chandef: channel to use 3212 * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF 3213 * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer 3214 */ 3215 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer { 3216 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3217 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 3218 u8 report_ap_tsf:1; 3219 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm; 3220 }; 3221 3222 /** 3223 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request 3224 * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211 3225 * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211 3226 * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting, 3227 * not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211 3228 * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request 3229 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that 3230 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 3231 * be taken from the @mac_addr 3232 * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request 3233 * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if 3234 * zero it means there's no timeout 3235 * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with 3236 * @peers: per-peer measurement request data 3237 */ 3238 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request { 3239 u64 cookie; 3240 void *drv_data; 3241 u32 n_peers; 3242 u32 nl_portid; 3243 3244 u32 timeout; 3245 3246 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3247 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3248 3249 struct list_head list; 3250 3251 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[]; 3252 }; 3253 3254 /** 3255 * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information 3256 * 3257 * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE 3258 * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space. 3259 * 3260 * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces. 3261 * 3262 * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing 3263 * has to be done. 3264 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info 3265 * processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space 3266 * cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for 3267 * OWE update request command interface (user space to driver). 3268 * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are 3269 * the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and 3270 * the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface. 3271 * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets. 3272 */ 3273 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info { 3274 u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3275 u16 status; 3276 const u8 *ie; 3277 size_t ie_len; 3278 }; 3279 3280 /** 3281 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration 3282 * 3283 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks 3284 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces. 3285 * 3286 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0 3287 * on success or a negative error code. 3288 * 3289 * All operations are currently invoked under rtnl for consistency with the 3290 * wireless extensions but this is subject to reevaluation as soon as this 3291 * code is used more widely and we have a first user without wext. 3292 * 3293 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will 3294 * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are 3295 * configured for the device. 3296 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed 3297 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback 3298 * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from 3299 * the device. 3300 * 3301 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name, 3302 * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create 3303 * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct 3304 * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must 3305 * also set the address member in the wdev. 3306 * 3307 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface 3308 * 3309 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface, 3310 * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated. 3311 * 3312 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL 3313 * when adding a group key. 3314 * 3315 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters. 3316 * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group 3317 * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid 3318 * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is 3319 * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist. 3320 * 3321 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key) 3322 * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist. 3323 * 3324 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface 3325 * 3326 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface 3327 * 3328 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver 3329 * 3330 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters. 3331 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode 3332 * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started. 3333 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing. 3334 * 3335 * @add_station: Add a new station. 3336 * @del_station: Remove a station 3337 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much 3338 * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags 3339 * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check 3340 * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call 3341 * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information. 3342 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac 3343 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3344 * 3345 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path 3346 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path 3347 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path 3348 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters 3349 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3350 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters 3351 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3352 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters 3353 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3354 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network 3355 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3356 * 3357 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration 3358 * 3359 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh. 3360 * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to 3361 * set, and which to leave alone. 3362 * 3363 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS. 3364 * 3365 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters 3366 * 3367 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas, 3368 * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to 3369 * join the mesh instead. 3370 * 3371 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other 3372 * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration. 3373 * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should 3374 * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active. 3375 * 3376 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given 3377 * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done(). 3378 * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside 3379 * the scan/scan_done bracket too. 3380 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall 3381 * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done(). 3382 * 3383 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer 3384 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3385 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer 3386 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3387 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer 3388 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3389 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer 3390 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3391 * 3392 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected, 3393 * call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code 3394 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call 3395 * cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code 3396 * from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code 3397 * was received. 3398 * The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the 3399 * other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated 3400 * by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches 3401 * the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request 3402 * frame instead of Association Request frame. 3403 * The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a 3404 * specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid 3405 * parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an 3406 * indication of requesting reassociation. 3407 * In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming 3408 * cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to 3409 * cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3410 * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a 3411 * BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for 3412 * subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the 3413 * Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not 3414 * request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current 3415 * BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in 3416 * changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed. 3417 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3418 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if 3419 * connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in 3420 * case connection was already established (invoked with the 3421 * wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout(). 3422 * 3423 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call 3424 * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due 3425 * to a merge. 3426 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3427 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS. 3428 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3429 * 3430 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or 3431 * MESH mode) 3432 * 3433 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed; 3434 * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values 3435 * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in 3436 * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed. 3437 * 3438 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters, 3439 * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The 3440 * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will 3441 * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power 3442 * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.) 3443 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable; 3444 * return 0 if successful 3445 * 3446 * @set_wds_peer: set the WDS peer for a WDS interface 3447 * 3448 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting 3449 * functions to adjust rfkill hw state 3450 * 3451 * @dump_survey: get site survey information. 3452 * 3453 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified 3454 * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel 3455 * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is 3456 * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event 3457 * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel(). 3458 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation. 3459 * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on 3460 * the duration value. 3461 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame. 3462 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management 3463 * frame on another channel 3464 * 3465 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL 3466 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be 3467 * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally, 3468 * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the 3469 * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data 3470 * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present 3471 * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA. 3472 * 3473 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration 3474 * 3475 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac 3476 * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association 3477 * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs. 3478 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID. 3479 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs. 3480 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1 3481 * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value. 3482 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold. 3483 * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating 3484 * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may 3485 * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being 3486 * disabled.) 3487 * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the 3488 * connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the 3489 * signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should 3490 * set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented. 3491 * If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config. 3492 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error 3493 * thresholds. 3494 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan. 3495 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with 3496 * given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready 3497 * for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be 3498 * called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case. 3499 * The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested 3500 * stop (when this method returns 0). 3501 * 3502 * @mgmt_frame_register: Notify driver that a management frame type was 3503 * registered. The callback is allowed to sleep. 3504 * 3505 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. 3506 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may 3507 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL 3508 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). 3509 * 3510 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). 3511 * 3512 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame. 3513 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup). 3514 * 3515 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it 3516 * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status(). 3517 * 3518 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs. 3519 * 3520 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface. 3521 * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single 3522 * current monitoring channel. 3523 * 3524 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device. 3525 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device. 3526 * 3527 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode. 3528 * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations 3529 * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver 3530 * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL 3531 * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which 3532 * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback. 3533 * 3534 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver. 3535 * 3536 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the 3537 * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be 3538 * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames. 3539 * 3540 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability 3541 * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the 3542 * driver can take the most appropriate actions. 3543 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link 3544 * reliability. This operation can not fail. 3545 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters. 3546 * 3547 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is 3548 * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is 3549 * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later 3550 * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept 3551 * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them 3552 * as soon as possible. 3553 * 3554 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver 3555 * 3556 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the 3557 * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width 3558 * changes during the lifetime of the BSS. 3559 * 3560 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device 3561 * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by 3562 * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into 3563 * account. 3564 * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure 3565 * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return 3566 * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake 3567 * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later 3568 * rejected) 3569 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS 3570 * 3571 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters 3572 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3573 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network 3574 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3575 * 3576 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver 3577 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations 3578 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. 3579 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both 3580 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes. 3581 * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface. 3582 * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface. 3583 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure. 3584 * On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and 3585 * it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver 3586 * should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling 3587 * cfg80211_free_nan_func(). 3588 * On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the 3589 * provided @nan_func. 3590 * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function. 3591 * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must 3592 * be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes); 3593 * All other parameters must be ignored. 3594 * 3595 * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS 3596 * 3597 * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this 3598 * function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise. 3599 * 3600 * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake. 3601 * If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect 3602 * upon which the driver should clear it. 3603 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3604 * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator. 3605 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3606 * 3607 * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from 3608 * user space 3609 * 3610 * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter 3611 * tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted. 3612 * 3613 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available. 3614 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided. 3615 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) 3616 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement 3617 * 3618 * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME 3619 * but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated 3620 * DH IE through this interface. 3621 * 3622 * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame 3623 * and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm. 3624 */ 3625 struct cfg80211_ops { 3626 int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow); 3627 int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 3628 void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled); 3629 3630 struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3631 const char *name, 3632 unsigned char name_assign_type, 3633 enum nl80211_iftype type, 3634 struct vif_params *params); 3635 int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3636 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3637 int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3638 struct net_device *dev, 3639 enum nl80211_iftype type, 3640 struct vif_params *params); 3641 3642 int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3643 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr, 3644 struct key_params *params); 3645 int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3646 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr, 3647 void *cookie, 3648 void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*)); 3649 int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3650 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr); 3651 int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3652 struct net_device *netdev, 3653 u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast); 3654 int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3655 struct net_device *netdev, 3656 u8 key_index); 3657 3658 int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3659 struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings); 3660 int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3661 struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info); 3662 int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3663 3664 3665 int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3666 const u8 *mac, 3667 struct station_parameters *params); 3668 int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3669 struct station_del_parameters *params); 3670 int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3671 const u8 *mac, 3672 struct station_parameters *params); 3673 int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3674 const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 3675 int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3676 int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 3677 3678 int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3679 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 3680 int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3681 const u8 *dst); 3682 int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3683 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 3684 int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3685 u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3686 int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3687 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, 3688 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3689 int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3690 u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3691 int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3692 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, 3693 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3694 int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3695 struct net_device *dev, 3696 struct mesh_config *conf); 3697 int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3698 struct net_device *dev, u32 mask, 3699 const struct mesh_config *nconf); 3700 int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3701 const struct mesh_config *conf, 3702 const struct mesh_setup *setup); 3703 int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3704 3705 int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3706 struct ocb_setup *setup); 3707 int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3708 3709 int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3710 struct bss_parameters *params); 3711 3712 int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3713 struct ieee80211_txq_params *params); 3714 3715 int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3716 struct net_device *dev, 3717 struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 3718 3719 int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3720 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3721 3722 int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3723 struct cfg80211_scan_request *request); 3724 void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3725 3726 int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3727 struct cfg80211_auth_request *req); 3728 int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3729 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req); 3730 int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3731 struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req); 3732 int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3733 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req); 3734 3735 int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3736 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme); 3737 int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3738 struct net_device *dev, 3739 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme, 3740 u32 changed); 3741 int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3742 u16 reason_code); 3743 3744 int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3745 struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params); 3746 int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3747 3748 int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3749 int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]); 3750 3751 int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed); 3752 3753 int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3754 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm); 3755 int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3756 int *dbm); 3757 3758 int (*set_wds_peer)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3759 const u8 *addr); 3760 3761 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 3762 3763 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 3764 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3765 void *data, int len); 3766 int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb, 3767 struct netlink_callback *cb, 3768 void *data, int len); 3769 #endif 3770 3771 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3772 struct net_device *dev, 3773 const u8 *peer, 3774 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask); 3775 3776 int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3777 int idx, struct survey_info *info); 3778 3779 int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3780 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 3781 int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3782 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 3783 int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev); 3784 3785 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3786 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3787 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 3788 unsigned int duration, 3789 u64 *cookie); 3790 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3791 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3792 u64 cookie); 3793 3794 int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3795 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params, 3796 u64 *cookie); 3797 int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3798 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3799 u64 cookie); 3800 3801 int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3802 bool enabled, int timeout); 3803 3804 int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3805 struct net_device *dev, 3806 s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst); 3807 3808 int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3809 struct net_device *dev, 3810 s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high); 3811 3812 int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3813 struct net_device *dev, 3814 u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl); 3815 3816 void (*mgmt_frame_register)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3817 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3818 u16 frame_type, bool reg); 3819 3820 int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); 3821 int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); 3822 3823 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3824 struct net_device *dev, 3825 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request); 3826 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3827 u64 reqid); 3828 3829 int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3830 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data); 3831 3832 int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3833 const u8 *peer, u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token, 3834 u16 status_code, u32 peer_capability, 3835 bool initiator, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 3836 int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3837 const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper); 3838 3839 int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3840 const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie); 3841 3842 int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3843 struct net_device *dev, 3844 u16 noack_map); 3845 3846 int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3847 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3848 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3849 3850 int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3851 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3852 void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3853 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3854 3855 int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3856 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params); 3857 3858 int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3859 struct net_device *dev, 3860 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 3861 u32 cac_time_ms); 3862 int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3863 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie); 3864 int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3865 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3866 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol, 3867 u16 duration); 3868 void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3869 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3870 int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3871 struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce); 3872 3873 int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3874 struct net_device *dev, 3875 struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params); 3876 3877 int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3878 struct net_device *dev, 3879 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 3880 3881 int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3882 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3883 3884 int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3885 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio, 3886 u16 admitted_time); 3887 int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3888 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer); 3889 3890 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3891 struct net_device *dev, 3892 const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class, 3893 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3894 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3895 struct net_device *dev, 3896 const u8 *addr); 3897 int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3898 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf); 3899 void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3900 int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3901 struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func); 3902 void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3903 u64 cookie); 3904 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3905 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3906 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, 3907 u32 changes); 3908 3909 int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3910 struct net_device *dev, 3911 const bool enabled); 3912 3913 int (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3914 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3915 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats); 3916 3917 int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3918 const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf); 3919 int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3920 const u8 *aa); 3921 int (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3922 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params); 3923 3924 int (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3925 struct net_device *dev, 3926 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 3927 const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto, 3928 const bool noencrypt); 3929 3930 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3931 struct net_device *dev, 3932 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats); 3933 3934 int (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3935 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 3936 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3937 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 3938 int (*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3939 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info); 3940 int (*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3941 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 3942 }; 3943 3944 /* 3945 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures 3946 * and registration/helper functions 3947 */ 3948 3949 /** 3950 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags 3951 * 3952 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this 3953 * wiphy at all 3954 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled 3955 * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default 3956 * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good 3957 * reason to override the default 3958 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station 3959 * on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of 3960 * supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype. 3961 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station 3962 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the 3963 * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the 3964 * control_port_no_encrypt flag. 3965 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN. 3966 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing 3967 * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH. 3968 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the 3969 * firmware. 3970 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP. 3971 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation. 3972 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z) 3973 * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and 3974 * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT 3975 * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 3976 * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation. 3977 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME 3978 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes 3979 * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling 3980 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(). 3981 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device 3982 * responds to probe-requests in hardware. 3983 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX. 3984 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call. 3985 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels. 3986 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in 3987 * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...). 3988 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP: The device supports static WEP key installation 3989 * before connection. 3990 */ 3991 enum wiphy_flags { 3992 /* use hole at 0 */ 3993 /* use hole at 1 */ 3994 /* use hole at 2 */ 3995 WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3), 3996 WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4), 3997 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5), 3998 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6), 3999 WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7), 4000 WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8), 4001 WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10), 4002 /* use hole at 11 */ 4003 /* use hole at 12 */ 4004 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13), 4005 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14), 4006 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15), 4007 WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16), 4008 WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17), 4009 WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18), 4010 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19), 4011 WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20), 4012 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21), 4013 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22), 4014 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23), 4015 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP = BIT(24), 4016 }; 4017 4018 /** 4019 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types 4020 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types 4021 * @types: interface types (bits) 4022 */ 4023 struct ieee80211_iface_limit { 4024 u16 max; 4025 u16 types; 4026 }; 4027 4028 /** 4029 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination 4030 * 4031 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface 4032 * combinations it supports concurrently. 4033 * 4034 * Examples: 4035 * 4036 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total: 4037 * 4038 * .. code-block:: c 4039 * 4040 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = { 4041 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 4042 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP}, }, 4043 * }; 4044 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = { 4045 * .limits = limits1, 4046 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1), 4047 * .max_interfaces = 2, 4048 * .beacon_int_infra_match = true, 4049 * }; 4050 * 4051 * 4052 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total: 4053 * 4054 * .. code-block:: c 4055 * 4056 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = { 4057 * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) | 4058 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), }, 4059 * }; 4060 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = { 4061 * .limits = limits2, 4062 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2), 4063 * .max_interfaces = 8, 4064 * .num_different_channels = 1, 4065 * }; 4066 * 4067 * 4068 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total. 4069 * 4070 * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections. 4071 * 4072 * .. code-block:: c 4073 * 4074 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = { 4075 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 4076 * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) | 4077 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), }, 4078 * }; 4079 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = { 4080 * .limits = limits3, 4081 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3), 4082 * .max_interfaces = 4, 4083 * .num_different_channels = 2, 4084 * }; 4085 * 4086 */ 4087 struct ieee80211_iface_combination { 4088 /** 4089 * @limits: 4090 * limits for the given interface types 4091 */ 4092 const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits; 4093 4094 /** 4095 * @num_different_channels: 4096 * can use up to this many different channels 4097 */ 4098 u32 num_different_channels; 4099 4100 /** 4101 * @max_interfaces: 4102 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group 4103 */ 4104 u16 max_interfaces; 4105 4106 /** 4107 * @n_limits: 4108 * number of limitations 4109 */ 4110 u8 n_limits; 4111 4112 /** 4113 * @beacon_int_infra_match: 4114 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure 4115 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases. 4116 */ 4117 bool beacon_int_infra_match; 4118 4119 /** 4120 * @radar_detect_widths: 4121 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection 4122 */ 4123 u8 radar_detect_widths; 4124 4125 /** 4126 * @radar_detect_regions: 4127 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection 4128 */ 4129 u8 radar_detect_regions; 4130 4131 /** 4132 * @beacon_int_min_gcd: 4133 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals. 4134 * 4135 * = 0 4136 * all beacon intervals for different interface must be same. 4137 * > 0 4138 * any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND 4139 * GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this 4140 * combination must be greater or equal to this value. 4141 */ 4142 u32 beacon_int_min_gcd; 4143 }; 4144 4145 struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes { 4146 u16 tx, rx; 4147 }; 4148 4149 /** 4150 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags 4151 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any" 4152 * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and 4153 * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a 4154 * received packet that passed filtering; note that the 4155 * packet should be preserved in that case 4156 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet 4157 * (see nl80211.h) 4158 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect 4159 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep 4160 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure 4161 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request 4162 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure 4163 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release 4164 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection 4165 */ 4166 enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags { 4167 WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0), 4168 WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1), 4169 WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2), 4170 WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3), 4171 WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4), 4172 WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5), 4173 WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6), 4174 WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7), 4175 WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8), 4176 }; 4177 4178 struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support { 4179 const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok; 4180 u32 data_payload_max; 4181 u32 data_interval_max; 4182 u32 wake_payload_max; 4183 bool seq; 4184 }; 4185 4186 /** 4187 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data 4188 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags 4189 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns 4190 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 4191 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 4192 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 4193 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4194 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect, 4195 * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for 4196 * scheduled scans. 4197 * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more 4198 * details. 4199 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information 4200 */ 4201 struct wiphy_wowlan_support { 4202 u32 flags; 4203 int n_patterns; 4204 int pattern_max_len; 4205 int pattern_min_len; 4206 int max_pkt_offset; 4207 int max_nd_match_sets; 4208 const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp; 4209 }; 4210 4211 /** 4212 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data 4213 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules 4214 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 4215 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule 4216 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 4217 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 4218 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 4219 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4220 */ 4221 struct wiphy_coalesce_support { 4222 int n_rules; 4223 int max_delay; 4224 int n_patterns; 4225 int pattern_max_len; 4226 int pattern_min_len; 4227 int max_pkt_offset; 4228 }; 4229 4230 /** 4231 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands 4232 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev 4233 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev 4234 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running 4235 * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV) 4236 */ 4237 enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags { 4238 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0), 4239 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1), 4240 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2), 4241 }; 4242 4243 /** 4244 * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags 4245 * 4246 * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed 4247 * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed 4248 * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed 4249 * 4250 */ 4251 enum wiphy_opmode_flag { 4252 STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0), 4253 STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED = BIT(1), 4254 STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED = BIT(2), 4255 }; 4256 4257 /** 4258 * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information 4259 * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag 4260 * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station 4261 * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station 4262 * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station 4263 */ 4264 4265 struct sta_opmode_info { 4266 u32 changed; 4267 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 4268 enum nl80211_chan_width bw; 4269 u8 rx_nss; 4270 }; 4271 4272 #define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA)) 4273 4274 /** 4275 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition 4276 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211 4277 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags 4278 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the 4279 * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data 4280 * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all 4281 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The 4282 * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple 4283 * dumpit calls. 4284 * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 4285 * Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the 4286 * attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command). 4287 * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy 4288 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and 4289 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others 4290 * are used with dump requests. 4291 */ 4292 struct wiphy_vendor_command { 4293 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info; 4294 u32 flags; 4295 int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4296 const void *data, int data_len); 4297 int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4298 struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len, 4299 unsigned long *storage); 4300 const struct nla_policy *policy; 4301 unsigned int maxattr; 4302 }; 4303 4304 /** 4305 * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type 4306 * @iftype: interface type 4307 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 4308 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the 4309 * 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are 4310 * in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std 4311 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. 4312 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 4313 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 4314 */ 4315 struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab { 4316 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 4317 const u8 *extended_capabilities; 4318 const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask; 4319 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 4320 }; 4321 4322 /** 4323 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities 4324 * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement 4325 * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement 4326 * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement 4327 * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported 4328 * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported 4329 * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported 4330 * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data 4331 * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data 4332 * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble) 4333 * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width) 4334 * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported 4335 * (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily 4336 * forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick) 4337 * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if 4338 * not limited) 4339 */ 4340 struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities { 4341 unsigned int max_peers; 4342 u8 report_ap_tsf:1, 4343 randomize_mac_addr:1; 4344 4345 struct { 4346 u32 preambles; 4347 u32 bandwidths; 4348 s8 max_bursts_exponent; 4349 u8 max_ftms_per_burst; 4350 u8 supported:1, 4351 asap:1, 4352 non_asap:1, 4353 request_lci:1, 4354 request_civicloc:1; 4355 } ftm; 4356 }; 4357 4358 /** 4359 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description 4360 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback, 4361 * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() 4362 * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL 4363 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via 4364 * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver 4365 * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future 4366 * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers. 4367 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss. 4368 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites 4369 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites 4370 * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites 4371 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 4372 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit) 4373 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit) 4374 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold); 4375 * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used 4376 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled 4377 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in 4378 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device 4379 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking, 4380 * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last 4381 * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual 4382 * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with 4383 * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up. 4384 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses. 4385 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer 4386 * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used 4387 * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to 4388 * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle 4389 * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses. 4390 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against 4391 * unregister hardware 4392 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy, will be renamed 4393 * automatically on wiphy renames 4394 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy 4395 * @registered: helps synchronize suspend/resume with wiphy unregister 4396 * @wext: wireless extension handlers 4397 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter) 4398 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy, 4399 * must be set by driver 4400 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not 4401 * list single interface types. 4402 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. 4403 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not 4404 * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW. 4405 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags 4406 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see 4407 * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags 4408 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags. 4409 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see 4410 * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index. 4411 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it, 4412 * this variable determines its size 4413 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in 4414 * any given scan 4415 * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that 4416 * the device can run concurrently. 4417 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan 4418 * for in any given scheduled scan 4419 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle 4420 * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not 4421 * supported. 4422 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can 4423 * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not 4424 * include fixed IEs like supported rates 4425 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled 4426 * scans 4427 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number 4428 * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device. 4429 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a 4430 * single scan plan supported by the device. 4431 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single 4432 * scan plan supported by the device. 4433 * @coverage_class: current coverage class 4434 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting 4435 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting 4436 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device 4437 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary 4438 * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers 4439 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device 4440 * 4441 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or 4442 * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface 4443 * type 4444 * 4445 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 4446 * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 4447 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set. 4448 * 4449 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 4450 * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 4451 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set. 4452 * 4453 * @probe_resp_offload: 4454 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading. 4455 * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid 4456 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. 4457 * 4458 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation 4459 * may request, if implemented. 4460 * 4461 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information 4462 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be 4463 * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed 4464 * to the suspend() operation instead. 4465 * 4466 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 4467 * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden. 4468 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 4469 * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden. 4470 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 4471 * 4472 * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must 4473 * not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection. 4474 * 4475 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device 4476 * supports for ACL. 4477 * 4478 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 4479 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are 4480 * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") 4481 * and are in the same format as in the information element. See 4482 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default 4483 * extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified 4484 * for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab. 4485 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 4486 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 4487 * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type 4488 * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended 4489 * capabilities are specified separately. 4490 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information 4491 * 4492 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware 4493 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands 4494 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware 4495 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events 4496 * 4497 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode 4498 * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The 4499 * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in 4500 * some cases, but may not always reach. 4501 * 4502 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons 4503 * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver 4504 * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means 4505 * infinite. 4506 * @max_adj_channel_rssi_comp: max offset of between the channel on which the 4507 * frame was sent and the channel on which the frame was heard for which 4508 * the reported rssi is still valid. If a driver is able to compensate the 4509 * low rssi when a frame is heard on different channel, then it should set 4510 * this variable to the maximal offset for which it can compensate. 4511 * This value should be set in MHz. 4512 * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported 4513 * by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the 4514 * attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr. 4515 * 4516 * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a 4517 * bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for 4518 * NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 4519 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 4520 * 4521 * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit 4522 * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit 4523 * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum 4524 * 4525 * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP 4526 * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not 4527 * HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues. 4528 * @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect. 4529 * 4530 * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities 4531 */ 4532 struct wiphy { 4533 /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */ 4534 4535 /* permanent MAC address(es) */ 4536 u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN]; 4537 u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN]; 4538 4539 struct mac_address *addresses; 4540 4541 const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes; 4542 4543 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; 4544 int n_iface_combinations; 4545 u16 software_iftypes; 4546 4547 u16 n_addresses; 4548 4549 /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */ 4550 u16 interface_modes; 4551 4552 u16 max_acl_mac_addrs; 4553 4554 u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features; 4555 u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)]; 4556 4557 u32 ap_sme_capa; 4558 4559 enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type; 4560 4561 int bss_priv_size; 4562 u8 max_scan_ssids; 4563 u8 max_sched_scan_reqs; 4564 u8 max_sched_scan_ssids; 4565 u8 max_match_sets; 4566 u16 max_scan_ie_len; 4567 u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len; 4568 u32 max_sched_scan_plans; 4569 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval; 4570 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations; 4571 4572 int n_cipher_suites; 4573 const u32 *cipher_suites; 4574 4575 int n_akm_suites; 4576 const u32 *akm_suites; 4577 4578 u8 retry_short; 4579 u8 retry_long; 4580 u32 frag_threshold; 4581 u32 rts_threshold; 4582 u8 coverage_class; 4583 4584 char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN]; 4585 u32 hw_version; 4586 4587 #ifdef CONFIG_PM 4588 const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan; 4589 struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config; 4590 #endif 4591 4592 u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration; 4593 4594 u8 max_num_pmkids; 4595 4596 u32 available_antennas_tx; 4597 u32 available_antennas_rx; 4598 4599 /* 4600 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading 4601 * see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid 4602 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. 4603 */ 4604 u32 probe_resp_offload; 4605 4606 const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask; 4607 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 4608 4609 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab; 4610 unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab; 4611 4612 /* If multiple wiphys are registered and you're handed e.g. 4613 * a regular netdev with assigned ieee80211_ptr, you won't 4614 * know whether it points to a wiphy your driver has registered 4615 * or not. Assign this to something global to your driver to 4616 * help determine whether you own this wiphy or not. */ 4617 const void *privid; 4618 4619 struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 4620 4621 /* Lets us get back the wiphy on the callback */ 4622 void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4623 struct regulatory_request *request); 4624 4625 /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */ 4626 4627 const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd; 4628 4629 /* the item in /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this, 4630 * you need use set_wiphy_dev() (see below) */ 4631 struct device dev; 4632 4633 /* protects ->resume, ->suspend sysfs callbacks against unregister hw */ 4634 bool registered; 4635 4636 /* dir in debugfs: ieee80211/<wiphyname> */ 4637 struct dentry *debugfsdir; 4638 4639 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask; 4640 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask; 4641 4642 struct list_head wdev_list; 4643 4644 /* the network namespace this phy lives in currently */ 4645 possible_net_t _net; 4646 4647 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 4648 const struct iw_handler_def *wext; 4649 #endif 4650 4651 const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce; 4652 4653 const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands; 4654 const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events; 4655 int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events; 4656 4657 u16 max_ap_assoc_sta; 4658 4659 u8 max_num_csa_counters; 4660 u8 max_adj_channel_rssi_comp; 4661 4662 u32 bss_select_support; 4663 4664 u8 nan_supported_bands; 4665 4666 u32 txq_limit; 4667 u32 txq_memory_limit; 4668 u32 txq_quantum; 4669 4670 u8 support_mbssid:1, 4671 support_only_he_mbssid:1; 4672 4673 const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa; 4674 4675 char priv[0] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN); 4676 }; 4677 4678 static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy) 4679 { 4680 return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net); 4681 } 4682 4683 static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net) 4684 { 4685 write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net); 4686 } 4687 4688 /** 4689 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy 4690 * 4691 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return 4692 * Return: The priv of @wiphy. 4693 */ 4694 static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy) 4695 { 4696 BUG_ON(!wiphy); 4697 return &wiphy->priv; 4698 } 4699 4700 /** 4701 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv 4702 * 4703 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv 4704 * Return: The wiphy of @priv. 4705 */ 4706 static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv) 4707 { 4708 BUG_ON(!priv); 4709 return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv); 4710 } 4711 4712 /** 4713 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy 4714 * 4715 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind 4716 * @dev: The device to parent it to 4717 */ 4718 static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev) 4719 { 4720 wiphy->dev.parent = dev; 4721 } 4722 4723 /** 4724 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer 4725 * 4726 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up 4727 * Return: The dev of @wiphy. 4728 */ 4729 static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy) 4730 { 4731 return wiphy->dev.parent; 4732 } 4733 4734 /** 4735 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name 4736 * 4737 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return 4738 * Return: The name of @wiphy. 4739 */ 4740 static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy) 4741 { 4742 return dev_name(&wiphy->dev); 4743 } 4744 4745 /** 4746 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 4747 * 4748 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 4749 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 4750 * @requested_name: Request a particular name. 4751 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming. 4752 * 4753 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 4754 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 4755 * 4756 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 4757 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 4758 */ 4759 struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv, 4760 const char *requested_name); 4761 4762 /** 4763 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 4764 * 4765 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 4766 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 4767 * 4768 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 4769 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 4770 * 4771 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 4772 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 4773 */ 4774 static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, 4775 int sizeof_priv) 4776 { 4777 return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL); 4778 } 4779 4780 /** 4781 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211 4782 * 4783 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register. 4784 * 4785 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code. 4786 */ 4787 int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4788 4789 /** 4790 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211 4791 * 4792 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister. 4793 * 4794 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv 4795 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding 4796 * request that is being handled. 4797 */ 4798 void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4799 4800 /** 4801 * wiphy_free - free wiphy 4802 * 4803 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free 4804 */ 4805 void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4806 4807 /* internal structs */ 4808 struct cfg80211_conn; 4809 struct cfg80211_internal_bss; 4810 struct cfg80211_cached_keys; 4811 struct cfg80211_cqm_config; 4812 4813 /** 4814 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state 4815 * 4816 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver 4817 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this 4818 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.) 4819 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will 4820 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device. 4821 * 4822 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver 4823 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as 4824 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be 4825 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it. 4826 * 4827 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description 4828 * @iftype: interface type 4829 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces 4830 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL 4831 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this 4832 * wireless device if it has no netdev 4833 * @current_bss: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4834 * @chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to track 4835 * the user-set channel definition. 4836 * @preset_chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to 4837 * track the channel to be used for AP later 4838 * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4839 * @ssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4840 * @ssid_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4841 * @mesh_id_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4842 * @mesh_id_up_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4843 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code 4844 * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling 4845 * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data 4846 * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data 4847 * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association 4848 * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements 4849 * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID 4850 * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID 4851 * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index 4852 * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index 4853 * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation 4854 * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity 4855 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be 4856 * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the 4857 * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update 4858 * by cfg80211 on change_interface 4859 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames 4860 * @mgmt_registrations_lock: lock for the list 4861 * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers 4862 * and some API functions require it held 4863 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting 4864 * beacons, 0 when not valid 4865 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL 4866 * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g. 4867 * the P2P Device. 4868 * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started 4869 * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 4870 * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms 4871 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled 4872 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout 4873 * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application 4874 * registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode) 4875 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data 4876 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established 4877 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type 4878 * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID 4879 * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work 4880 * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect 4881 * @ibss_fixed: (private) IBSS is using fixed BSSID 4882 * @ibss_dfs_possible: (private) IBSS may change to a DFS channel 4883 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing 4884 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list 4885 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID 4886 * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away 4887 * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state 4888 * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests 4889 * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock 4890 * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work 4891 */ 4892 struct wireless_dev { 4893 struct wiphy *wiphy; 4894 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 4895 4896 /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */ 4897 struct list_head list; 4898 struct net_device *netdev; 4899 4900 u32 identifier; 4901 4902 struct list_head mgmt_registrations; 4903 spinlock_t mgmt_registrations_lock; 4904 4905 struct mutex mtx; 4906 4907 bool use_4addr, is_running; 4908 4909 u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16)); 4910 4911 /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */ 4912 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 4913 u8 ssid_len, mesh_id_len, mesh_id_up_len; 4914 struct cfg80211_conn *conn; 4915 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys; 4916 enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type; 4917 u32 conn_owner_nlportid; 4918 4919 struct work_struct disconnect_wk; 4920 u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 4921 4922 struct list_head event_list; 4923 spinlock_t event_lock; 4924 4925 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; /* associated / joined */ 4926 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 4927 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 4928 4929 bool ibss_fixed; 4930 bool ibss_dfs_possible; 4931 4932 bool ps; 4933 int ps_timeout; 4934 4935 int beacon_interval; 4936 4937 u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid; 4938 4939 u32 owner_nlportid; 4940 bool nl_owner_dead; 4941 4942 bool cac_started; 4943 unsigned long cac_start_time; 4944 unsigned int cac_time_ms; 4945 4946 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 4947 /* wext data */ 4948 struct { 4949 struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss; 4950 struct cfg80211_connect_params connect; 4951 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys; 4952 const u8 *ie; 4953 size_t ie_len; 4954 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 4955 u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 4956 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 4957 s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key; 4958 bool prev_bssid_valid; 4959 } wext; 4960 #endif 4961 4962 struct cfg80211_cqm_config *cqm_config; 4963 4964 struct list_head pmsr_list; 4965 spinlock_t pmsr_lock; 4966 struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk; 4967 }; 4968 4969 static inline u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 4970 { 4971 if (wdev->netdev) 4972 return wdev->netdev->dev_addr; 4973 return wdev->address; 4974 } 4975 4976 static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 4977 { 4978 if (wdev->netdev) 4979 return netif_running(wdev->netdev); 4980 return wdev->is_running; 4981 } 4982 4983 /** 4984 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev 4985 * 4986 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return 4987 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev. 4988 */ 4989 static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 4990 { 4991 BUG_ON(!wdev); 4992 return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy); 4993 } 4994 4995 /** 4996 * DOC: Utility functions 4997 * 4998 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful. 4999 */ 5000 5001 /** 5002 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency 5003 * @chan: channel number 5004 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 5005 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 5006 */ 5007 int ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band); 5008 5009 /** 5010 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 5011 * @freq: center frequency 5012 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 5013 */ 5014 int ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq); 5015 5016 /** 5017 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency 5018 * 5019 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 5020 * @freq: the center frequency of the channel 5021 * 5022 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 5023 */ 5024 struct ieee80211_channel *ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq); 5025 5026 /** 5027 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate 5028 * 5029 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 5030 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates 5031 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate 5032 * 5033 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that 5034 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map, 5035 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of 5036 * rates in the band's bitrate table. 5037 */ 5038 struct ieee80211_rate * 5039 ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 5040 u32 basic_rates, int bitrate); 5041 5042 /** 5043 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band 5044 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 5045 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 5046 * 5047 * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given 5048 * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array. 5049 */ 5050 u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 5051 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width); 5052 5053 /* 5054 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support 5055 * 5056 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c 5057 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.txt 5058 */ 5059 5060 struct radiotap_align_size { 5061 uint8_t align:4, size:4; 5062 }; 5063 5064 struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace { 5065 const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size; 5066 int n_bits; 5067 uint32_t oui; 5068 uint8_t subns; 5069 }; 5070 5071 struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces { 5072 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns; 5073 int n_ns; 5074 }; 5075 5076 /** 5077 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args 5078 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call 5079 * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() 5080 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each 5081 * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after 5082 * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to 5083 * the beginning of the actual data portion 5084 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience 5085 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition 5086 * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown) 5087 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default 5088 * radiotap namespace or not 5089 * 5090 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through 5091 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering 5092 * @_arg_index: next argument index 5093 * @_arg: next argument pointer 5094 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32 5095 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present 5096 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions 5097 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data 5098 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the 5099 * next bitmap word 5100 * 5101 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore 5102 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally. 5103 */ 5104 5105 struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator { 5106 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader; 5107 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns; 5108 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace; 5109 5110 unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data; 5111 __le32 *_next_bitmap; 5112 5113 unsigned char *this_arg; 5114 int this_arg_index; 5115 int this_arg_size; 5116 5117 int is_radiotap_ns; 5118 5119 int _max_length; 5120 int _arg_index; 5121 uint32_t _bitmap_shifter; 5122 int _reset_on_ext; 5123 }; 5124 5125 int 5126 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator, 5127 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header, 5128 int max_length, 5129 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns); 5130 5131 int 5132 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator); 5133 5134 5135 extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6]; 5136 extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6]; 5137 5138 /** 5139 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data 5140 * 5141 * @skb: the frame 5142 * 5143 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function 5144 * returns the 802.11 header length. 5145 * 5146 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption 5147 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid 5148 * 802.11 header. 5149 */ 5150 unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb); 5151 5152 /** 5153 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control 5154 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format 5155 * Return: The header length in bytes. 5156 */ 5157 unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc); 5158 5159 /** 5160 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length 5161 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field 5162 * (first byte) will be accessed 5163 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at 5164 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present. 5165 */ 5166 unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr); 5167 5168 /** 5169 * DOC: Data path helpers 5170 * 5171 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers 5172 * functions that help implement the data path for devices 5173 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device. 5174 */ 5175 5176 /** 5177 * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 5178 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 5179 * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead 5180 * of it being pushed into the SKB 5181 * @addr: the device MAC address 5182 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 5183 * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header 5184 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 5185 */ 5186 int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr, 5187 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 5188 u8 data_offset); 5189 5190 /** 5191 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 5192 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 5193 * @addr: the device MAC address 5194 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 5195 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 5196 */ 5197 static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr, 5198 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 5199 { 5200 return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0); 5201 } 5202 5203 /** 5204 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame 5205 * 5206 * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames. 5207 * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully 5208 * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function. 5209 * 5210 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 5211 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and 5212 * initialized by by the caller. 5213 * @addr: The device MAC address. 5214 * @iftype: The device interface type. 5215 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list. 5216 * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 5217 * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 5218 */ 5219 void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list, 5220 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 5221 const unsigned int extra_headroom, 5222 const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa); 5223 5224 /** 5225 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame 5226 * @skb: the data frame 5227 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use 5228 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag. 5229 */ 5230 unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb, 5231 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 5232 5233 /** 5234 * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data 5235 * 5236 * @eid: element ID 5237 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5238 * @len: length of data 5239 * @match: byte array to match 5240 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 5241 * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match. 5242 * Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers 5243 * the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take 5244 * the data portion instead. 5245 * 5246 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5247 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5248 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 5249 * requested element struct. 5250 * 5251 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5252 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 5253 * byte array to match. 5254 */ 5255 const struct element * 5256 cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 5257 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 5258 unsigned int match_offset); 5259 5260 /** 5261 * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data 5262 * 5263 * @eid: element ID 5264 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5265 * @len: length of data 5266 * @match: byte array to match 5267 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 5268 * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match. 5269 * If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero. 5270 * Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first 5271 * byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and 5272 * the second byte is the IE length. 5273 * 5274 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5275 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5276 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first 5277 * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 5278 * element ID. 5279 * 5280 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5281 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 5282 * byte array to match. 5283 */ 5284 static inline const u8 * 5285 cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 5286 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 5287 unsigned int match_offset) 5288 { 5289 /* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is 5290 * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well. 5291 */ 5292 if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) || 5293 (!match_len && match_offset))) 5294 return NULL; 5295 5296 return (void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, 5297 match, match_len, 5298 match_offset ? 5299 match_offset - 2 : 0); 5300 } 5301 5302 /** 5303 * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data 5304 * 5305 * @eid: element ID 5306 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5307 * @len: length of data 5308 * 5309 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5310 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5311 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 5312 * requested element struct. 5313 * 5314 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5315 * having to fit into the given data. 5316 */ 5317 static inline const struct element * 5318 cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5319 { 5320 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 5321 } 5322 5323 /** 5324 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data 5325 * 5326 * @eid: element ID 5327 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5328 * @len: length of data 5329 * 5330 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5331 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5332 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 5333 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 5334 * 5335 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5336 * having to fit into the given data. 5337 */ 5338 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5339 { 5340 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 5341 } 5342 5343 /** 5344 * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data 5345 * 5346 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 5347 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5348 * @len: length of data 5349 * 5350 * Return: %NULL if the etended element could not be found or if 5351 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5352 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 5353 * requested element struct. 5354 * 5355 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5356 * having to fit into the given data. 5357 */ 5358 static inline const struct element * 5359 cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5360 { 5361 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 5362 &ext_eid, 1, 0); 5363 } 5364 5365 /** 5366 * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data 5367 * 5368 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 5369 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5370 * @len: length of data 5371 * 5372 * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if 5373 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5374 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 5375 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 5376 * 5377 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5378 * having to fit into the given data. 5379 */ 5380 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5381 { 5382 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 5383 &ext_eid, 1, 2); 5384 } 5385 5386 /** 5387 * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data 5388 * 5389 * @oui: vendor OUI 5390 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 5391 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5392 * @len: length of data 5393 * 5394 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 5395 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise 5396 * return the element structure for the requested element. 5397 * 5398 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 5399 * the given data. 5400 */ 5401 const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 5402 const u8 *ies, 5403 unsigned int len); 5404 5405 /** 5406 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data 5407 * 5408 * @oui: vendor OUI 5409 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 5410 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5411 * @len: length of data 5412 * 5413 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 5414 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to 5415 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 5416 * element ID. 5417 * 5418 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 5419 * the given data. 5420 */ 5421 static inline const u8 * 5422 cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 5423 const u8 *ies, unsigned int len) 5424 { 5425 return (void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len); 5426 } 5427 5428 /** 5429 * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame 5430 * 5431 * @dev: network device 5432 * @addr: STA MAC address 5433 * 5434 * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge 5435 * devices upon STA association. 5436 */ 5437 void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 5438 5439 /** 5440 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure 5441 * 5442 * TODO 5443 */ 5444 5445 /** 5446 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain 5447 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting 5448 * conflicts) 5449 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain 5450 * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you 5451 * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted 5452 * alpha2. 5453 * 5454 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core 5455 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by 5456 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory 5457 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain. 5458 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried 5459 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country. 5460 * 5461 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call. 5462 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(), 5463 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw(). 5464 * 5465 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 5466 * an -ENOMEM. 5467 * 5468 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM. 5469 */ 5470 int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2); 5471 5472 /** 5473 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers 5474 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 5475 * @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy 5476 * 5477 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they 5478 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more 5479 * information. 5480 * 5481 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 5482 */ 5483 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5484 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 5485 5486 /** 5487 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl - set regdom for self-managed drivers 5488 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 5489 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy 5490 * 5491 * This functions requires the RTNL to be held and applies the new regdomain 5492 * synchronously to this wiphy. For more details see 5493 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(). 5494 * 5495 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 5496 */ 5497 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5498 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 5499 5500 /** 5501 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain 5502 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 5503 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy 5504 * 5505 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply 5506 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory 5507 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The 5508 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous 5509 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a 5510 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled. 5511 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag 5512 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy 5513 * that called this helper. 5514 */ 5515 void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5516 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd); 5517 5518 /** 5519 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency 5520 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for 5521 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for 5522 * 5523 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on 5524 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain 5525 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received 5526 * and processed already. 5527 * 5528 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule 5529 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to 5530 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return 5531 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even 5532 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band. 5533 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is 5534 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific. 5535 */ 5536 const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5537 u32 center_freq); 5538 5539 /** 5540 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name 5541 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator 5542 * 5543 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a 5544 * proper string representation. 5545 */ 5546 const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator); 5547 5548 /** 5549 * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions 5550 * 5551 */ 5552 5553 /** 5554 * reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule 5555 * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively 5556 * 5557 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried. 5558 * @freq: the freqency(in MHz) to be queried. 5559 * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db. 5560 * 5561 * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query 5562 * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given 5563 * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations. 5564 * 5565 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 5566 * an -ENODATA. 5567 * 5568 * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA. 5569 */ 5570 int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq, 5571 struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule); 5572 5573 /* 5574 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification 5575 * functions and BSS handling helpers 5576 */ 5577 5578 /** 5579 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished 5580 * 5581 * @request: the corresponding scan request 5582 * @info: information about the completed scan 5583 */ 5584 void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request, 5585 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info); 5586 5587 /** 5588 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available 5589 * 5590 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results 5591 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 5592 */ 5593 void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 5594 5595 /** 5596 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 5597 * 5598 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 5599 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 5600 * 5601 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 5602 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 5603 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 5604 */ 5605 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 5606 5607 /** 5608 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 5609 * 5610 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 5611 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 5612 * 5613 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 5614 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 5615 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 5616 * This function should be called with rtnl locked. 5617 */ 5618 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 5619 5620 /** 5621 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame 5622 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 5623 * @data: the BSS metadata 5624 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon) 5625 * @len: length of the management frame 5626 * @gfp: context flags 5627 * 5628 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 5629 * the BSS should be updated/added. 5630 * 5631 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 5632 * Or %NULL on error. 5633 */ 5634 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5635 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5636 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 5637 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 5638 gfp_t gfp); 5639 5640 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5641 cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5642 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5643 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 5644 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 5645 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5646 { 5647 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5648 .chan = rx_channel, 5649 .scan_width = scan_width, 5650 .signal = signal, 5651 }; 5652 5653 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 5654 } 5655 5656 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5657 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5658 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5659 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 5660 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5661 { 5662 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5663 .chan = rx_channel, 5664 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 5665 .signal = signal, 5666 }; 5667 5668 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 5669 } 5670 5671 /** 5672 * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID 5673 * @bssid: transmitter BSSID 5674 * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element 5675 * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element 5676 * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID 5677 */ 5678 static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid, 5679 u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid) 5680 { 5681 u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid); 5682 u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0); 5683 u64 new_bssid_u64; 5684 5685 new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask; 5686 5687 new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask; 5688 5689 u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid); 5690 } 5691 5692 /** 5693 * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited 5694 * @element: element to check 5695 * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element 5696 */ 5697 bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element, 5698 const struct element *non_inherit_element); 5699 5700 /** 5701 * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs 5702 * @ie: ies 5703 * @ielen: length of IEs 5704 * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element 5705 * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile) 5706 * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile 5707 * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length 5708 */ 5709 size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5710 const struct element *mbssid_elem, 5711 const struct element *sub_elem, 5712 u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len); 5713 5714 /** 5715 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from 5716 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is 5717 * from a beacon or probe response 5718 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon 5719 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response 5720 */ 5721 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type { 5722 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN, 5723 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON, 5724 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP, 5725 }; 5726 5727 /** 5728 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS 5729 * 5730 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 5731 * @data: the BSS metadata 5732 * @ftype: frame type (if known) 5733 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS 5734 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0) 5735 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer 5736 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer 5737 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer 5738 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs 5739 * @gfp: context flags 5740 * 5741 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 5742 * the BSS should be updated/added. 5743 * 5744 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 5745 * Or %NULL on error. 5746 */ 5747 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5748 cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5749 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 5750 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 5751 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 5752 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5753 gfp_t gfp); 5754 5755 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5756 cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5757 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5758 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 5759 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 5760 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 5761 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5762 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5763 { 5764 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5765 .chan = rx_channel, 5766 .scan_width = scan_width, 5767 .signal = signal, 5768 }; 5769 5770 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 5771 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 5772 gfp); 5773 } 5774 5775 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5776 cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5777 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5778 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 5779 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 5780 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5781 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5782 { 5783 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5784 .chan = rx_channel, 5785 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 5786 .signal = signal, 5787 }; 5788 5789 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 5790 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 5791 gfp); 5792 } 5793 5794 /** 5795 * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference 5796 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 5797 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) 5798 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) 5799 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) 5800 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) 5801 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type 5802 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy 5803 */ 5804 struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5805 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 5806 const u8 *bssid, 5807 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, 5808 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, 5809 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy); 5810 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * 5811 cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5812 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 5813 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len) 5814 { 5815 return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len, 5816 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 5817 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY); 5818 } 5819 5820 /** 5821 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct 5822 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 5823 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference 5824 * 5825 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct. 5826 */ 5827 void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5828 5829 /** 5830 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct 5831 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 5832 * @bss: the BSS struct 5833 * 5834 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct. 5835 */ 5836 void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5837 5838 /** 5839 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures 5840 * @wiphy: the wiphy 5841 * @bss: the bss to remove 5842 * 5843 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures 5844 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this 5845 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time 5846 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all. 5847 */ 5848 void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5849 5850 /** 5851 * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries 5852 * 5853 * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy 5854 * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not 5855 * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB. 5856 * 5857 * @wiphy: the wiphy 5858 * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel 5859 * of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel. 5860 * @iter: the iterator function to call 5861 * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function 5862 */ 5863 void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5864 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 5865 void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5866 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 5867 void *data), 5868 void *iter_data); 5869 5870 static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width 5871 cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 5872 { 5873 switch (chandef->width) { 5874 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5875 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5; 5876 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 5877 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10; 5878 default: 5879 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20; 5880 } 5881 } 5882 5883 /** 5884 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame 5885 * @dev: network device 5886 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body) 5887 * @len: length of the frame data 5888 * 5889 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or 5890 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode. 5891 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must 5892 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 5893 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 5894 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 5895 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed 5896 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used 5897 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function 5898 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead. 5899 * 5900 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 5901 */ 5902 void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 5903 5904 /** 5905 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication 5906 * @dev: network device 5907 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out 5908 * 5909 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's 5910 * mutex. 5911 */ 5912 void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 5913 5914 /** 5915 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response 5916 * @dev: network device 5917 * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer 5918 * moves to cfg80211 in this call 5919 * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body) 5920 * @len: length of the frame data 5921 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format 5922 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 5923 * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame 5924 * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data 5925 * 5926 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 5927 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 5928 * 5929 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 5930 */ 5931 void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev, 5932 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 5933 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 5934 int uapsd_queues, 5935 const u8 *req_ies, size_t req_ies_len); 5936 5937 /** 5938 * cfg80211_assoc_timeout - notification of timed out association 5939 * @dev: network device 5940 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association timed out. 5941 * 5942 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 5943 */ 5944 void cfg80211_assoc_timeout(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5945 5946 /** 5947 * cfg80211_abandon_assoc - notify cfg80211 of abandoned association attempt 5948 * @dev: network device 5949 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association was abandoned. 5950 * 5951 * Call this whenever - for reasons reported through other API, like deauth RX, 5952 * an association attempt was abandoned. 5953 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 5954 */ 5955 void cfg80211_abandon_assoc(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5956 5957 /** 5958 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame 5959 * @dev: network device 5960 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body) 5961 * @len: length of the frame data 5962 * 5963 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in 5964 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and 5965 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the 5966 * corresponding wdev's mutex. 5967 */ 5968 void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 5969 5970 /** 5971 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame 5972 * @dev: network device 5973 * @buf: deauthentication frame (header + body) 5974 * @len: length of the frame data 5975 * 5976 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc 5977 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the 5978 * frame was not protected. This function may sleep. 5979 */ 5980 void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, 5981 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 5982 5983 /** 5984 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP) 5985 * @dev: network device 5986 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame 5987 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used 5988 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing. 5989 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets) 5990 * @gfp: allocation flags 5991 * 5992 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a 5993 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() 5994 * primitive. 5995 */ 5996 void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 5997 enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id, 5998 const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp); 5999 6000 /** 6001 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS 6002 * 6003 * @dev: network device 6004 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined 6005 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined 6006 * @gfp: allocation flags 6007 * 6008 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or 6009 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called, 6010 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of 6011 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called 6012 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is 6013 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest. 6014 */ 6015 void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6016 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp); 6017 6018 /** 6019 * cfg80211_notify_new_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer candidate 6020 * 6021 * @dev: network device 6022 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate 6023 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate 6024 * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer 6025 * @gfp: allocation flags 6026 * 6027 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been 6028 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response. 6029 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace. 6030 */ 6031 void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev, 6032 const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len, 6033 int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp); 6034 6035 /** 6036 * DOC: RFkill integration 6037 * 6038 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers, 6039 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each 6040 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated 6041 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are 6042 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down. 6043 * 6044 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they 6045 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211. 6046 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here. 6047 */ 6048 6049 /** 6050 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state - notify cfg80211 about hw block state 6051 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6052 * @blocked: block status 6053 */ 6054 void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked); 6055 6056 /** 6057 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill 6058 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6059 */ 6060 void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6061 6062 /** 6063 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill 6064 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6065 */ 6066 void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6067 6068 /** 6069 * DOC: Vendor commands 6070 * 6071 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that 6072 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the 6073 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with 6074 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as 6075 * the configuration mechanism. 6076 * 6077 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array 6078 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an 6079 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it. 6080 * 6081 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol 6082 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular, 6083 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any 6084 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection 6085 * managers etc. need. 6086 */ 6087 6088 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6089 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 6090 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 6091 int approxlen); 6092 6093 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6094 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6095 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 6096 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 6097 unsigned int portid, 6098 int vendor_event_idx, 6099 int approxlen, gfp_t gfp); 6100 6101 void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp); 6102 6103 /** 6104 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply 6105 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6106 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6107 * be put into the skb 6108 * 6109 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 6110 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 6111 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid. 6112 * 6113 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in 6114 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 6115 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 6116 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 6117 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 6118 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute. 6119 * You must not modify the skb in any other way. 6120 * 6121 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return 6122 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation. 6123 * 6124 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6125 */ 6126 static inline struct sk_buff * 6127 cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 6128 { 6129 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 6130 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen); 6131 } 6132 6133 /** 6134 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb 6135 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 6136 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb() 6137 * 6138 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 6139 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should 6140 * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the 6141 * skb regardless of the return value. 6142 * 6143 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 6144 */ 6145 int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb); 6146 6147 /** 6148 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender 6149 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6150 * 6151 * Return the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler. 6152 * Valid to call only there. 6153 */ 6154 unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6155 6156 /** 6157 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb 6158 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6159 * @wdev: the wireless device 6160 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 6161 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6162 * be put into the skb 6163 * @gfp: allocation flags 6164 * 6165 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 6166 * vendor-specific multicast group. 6167 * 6168 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 6169 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 6170 * attribute. 6171 * 6172 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 6173 * skb to send the event. 6174 * 6175 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6176 */ 6177 static inline struct sk_buff * 6178 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6179 int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 6180 { 6181 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 6182 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 6183 0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 6184 } 6185 6186 /** 6187 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb 6188 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6189 * @wdev: the wireless device 6190 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 6191 * @portid: port ID of the receiver 6192 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6193 * be put into the skb 6194 * @gfp: allocation flags 6195 * 6196 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to 6197 * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been 6198 * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take 6199 * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes. 6200 * 6201 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 6202 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 6203 * attribute. 6204 * 6205 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 6206 * skb to send the event. 6207 * 6208 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6209 */ 6210 static inline struct sk_buff * 6211 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6212 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6213 unsigned int portid, int approxlen, 6214 int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 6215 { 6216 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 6217 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 6218 portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 6219 } 6220 6221 /** 6222 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event 6223 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc() 6224 * @gfp: allocation flags 6225 * 6226 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 6227 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it. 6228 */ 6229 static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 6230 { 6231 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 6232 } 6233 6234 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 6235 /** 6236 * DOC: Test mode 6237 * 6238 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to 6239 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance, 6240 * factory programming. 6241 * 6242 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more 6243 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it. 6244 */ 6245 6246 /** 6247 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply 6248 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6249 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6250 * be put into the skb 6251 * 6252 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 6253 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 6254 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid. 6255 * 6256 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in 6257 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 6258 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 6259 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 6260 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 6261 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You 6262 * must not modify the skb in any other way. 6263 * 6264 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return 6265 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation. 6266 * 6267 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6268 */ 6269 static inline struct sk_buff * 6270 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 6271 { 6272 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 6273 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen); 6274 } 6275 6276 /** 6277 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb 6278 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 6279 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() 6280 * 6281 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 6282 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return 6283 * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb 6284 * regardless of the return value. 6285 * 6286 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 6287 */ 6288 static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb) 6289 { 6290 return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb); 6291 } 6292 6293 /** 6294 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event 6295 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6296 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6297 * be put into the skb 6298 * @gfp: allocation flags 6299 * 6300 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 6301 * testmode multicast group. 6302 * 6303 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with 6304 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As 6305 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the 6306 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb 6307 * in any other way. 6308 * 6309 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the 6310 * skb to send the event. 6311 * 6312 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6313 */ 6314 static inline struct sk_buff * 6315 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp) 6316 { 6317 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 6318 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1, 6319 approxlen, gfp); 6320 } 6321 6322 /** 6323 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event 6324 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 6325 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb() 6326 * @gfp: allocation flags 6327 * 6328 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 6329 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always 6330 * consumes it. 6331 */ 6332 static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 6333 { 6334 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 6335 } 6336 6337 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd), 6338 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd), 6339 #else 6340 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) 6341 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) 6342 #endif 6343 6344 /** 6345 * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params 6346 * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL) 6347 * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets 6348 * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in 6349 * @erp_next_seq_num is valid. 6350 * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in 6351 * FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the 6352 * status for a FILS connection. 6353 * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL). 6354 * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets 6355 * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID 6356 * used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL). 6357 */ 6358 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params { 6359 const u8 *kek; 6360 size_t kek_len; 6361 bool update_erp_next_seq_num; 6362 u16 erp_next_seq_num; 6363 const u8 *pmk; 6364 size_t pmk_len; 6365 const u8 *pmkid; 6366 }; 6367 6368 /** 6369 * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params 6370 * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 6371 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 6372 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 6373 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 6374 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 6375 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 6376 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 6377 * case. 6378 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL) 6379 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 6380 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the 6381 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return 6382 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the 6383 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. 6384 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. 6385 * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL) 6386 * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length 6387 * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6388 * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length 6389 * @fils: FILS connection response parameters. 6390 * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 6391 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 6392 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 6393 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 6394 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 6395 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 6396 */ 6397 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params { 6398 int status; 6399 const u8 *bssid; 6400 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 6401 const u8 *req_ie; 6402 size_t req_ie_len; 6403 const u8 *resp_ie; 6404 size_t resp_ie_len; 6405 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 6406 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason; 6407 }; 6408 6409 /** 6410 * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result 6411 * 6412 * @dev: network device 6413 * @params: connection response parameters 6414 * @gfp: allocation flags 6415 * 6416 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 6417 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 6418 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response 6419 * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), 6420 * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(), 6421 * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6422 */ 6423 void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev, 6424 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params, 6425 gfp_t gfp); 6426 6427 /** 6428 * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result 6429 * 6430 * @dev: network device 6431 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6432 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 6433 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the 6434 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return 6435 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the 6436 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. 6437 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. 6438 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6439 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6440 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6441 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 6442 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 6443 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 6444 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 6445 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 6446 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 6447 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 6448 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 6449 * case. 6450 * @gfp: allocation flags 6451 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 6452 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 6453 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 6454 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 6455 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 6456 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 6457 * 6458 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 6459 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 6460 * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss 6461 * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among 6462 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 6463 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6464 */ 6465 static inline void 6466 cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6467 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie, 6468 size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie, 6469 size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp, 6470 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 6471 { 6472 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params; 6473 6474 memset(¶ms, 0, sizeof(params)); 6475 params.status = status; 6476 params.bssid = bssid; 6477 params.bss = bss; 6478 params.req_ie = req_ie; 6479 params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len; 6480 params.resp_ie = resp_ie; 6481 params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len; 6482 params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason; 6483 6484 cfg80211_connect_done(dev, ¶ms, gfp); 6485 } 6486 6487 /** 6488 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result 6489 * 6490 * @dev: network device 6491 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6492 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6493 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6494 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6495 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 6496 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 6497 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 6498 * the real status code for failures. 6499 * @gfp: allocation flags 6500 * 6501 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 6502 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 6503 * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only 6504 * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 6505 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6506 */ 6507 static inline void 6508 cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6509 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, 6510 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len, 6511 u16 status, gfp_t gfp) 6512 { 6513 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie, 6514 resp_ie_len, status, gfp, 6515 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED); 6516 } 6517 6518 /** 6519 * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout 6520 * 6521 * @dev: network device 6522 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6523 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6524 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6525 * @gfp: allocation flags 6526 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. 6527 * 6528 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed 6529 * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was 6530 * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send 6531 * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while 6532 * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among 6533 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 6534 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6535 */ 6536 static inline void 6537 cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6538 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp, 6539 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 6540 { 6541 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1, 6542 gfp, timeout_reason); 6543 } 6544 6545 /** 6546 * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information 6547 * 6548 * @channel: the channel of the new AP 6549 * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %bssid is set) 6550 * @bssid: the BSSID of the new AP (may be %NULL if %bss is set) 6551 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6552 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6553 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6554 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 6555 * @fils: FILS related roaming information. 6556 */ 6557 struct cfg80211_roam_info { 6558 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 6559 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 6560 const u8 *bssid; 6561 const u8 *req_ie; 6562 size_t req_ie_len; 6563 const u8 *resp_ie; 6564 size_t resp_ie_len; 6565 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 6566 }; 6567 6568 /** 6569 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming 6570 * 6571 * @dev: network device 6572 * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info. 6573 * @gfp: allocation flags 6574 * 6575 * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the 6576 * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry. 6577 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP 6578 * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in 6579 * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where 6580 * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the 6581 * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling 6582 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released 6583 * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be 6584 * released while diconneting from the current bss. 6585 */ 6586 void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info, 6587 gfp_t gfp); 6588 6589 /** 6590 * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association 6591 * 6592 * @dev: network device 6593 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6594 * @gfp: allocation flags 6595 * 6596 * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake 6597 * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e., 6598 * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function 6599 * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(), 6600 * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to 6601 * indicate the 802.11 association. 6602 */ 6603 void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6604 gfp_t gfp); 6605 6606 /** 6607 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped 6608 * 6609 * @dev: network device 6610 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL) 6611 * @ie_len: length of IEs 6612 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown 6613 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally 6614 * @gfp: allocation flags 6615 * 6616 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state 6617 * and not try to connect to any AP any more. 6618 */ 6619 void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason, 6620 const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len, 6621 bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp); 6622 6623 /** 6624 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start 6625 * @wdev: wireless device 6626 * @cookie: the request cookie 6627 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 6628 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the 6629 * channel 6630 * @gfp: allocation flags 6631 */ 6632 void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6633 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 6634 unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp); 6635 6636 /** 6637 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired 6638 * @wdev: wireless device 6639 * @cookie: the request cookie 6640 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 6641 * @gfp: allocation flags 6642 */ 6643 void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6644 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 6645 gfp_t gfp); 6646 6647 /** 6648 * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired 6649 * @wdev: wireless device 6650 * @cookie: the requested cookie 6651 * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request) 6652 * @gfp: allocation flags 6653 */ 6654 void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6655 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp); 6656 6657 /** 6658 * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics. 6659 * 6660 * @sinfo: the station information 6661 * @gfp: allocation flags 6662 */ 6663 int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 6664 6665 /** 6666 * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info 6667 * @sinfo: the station information 6668 * 6669 * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station 6670 * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on 6671 * the stack.) 6672 */ 6673 static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo) 6674 { 6675 kfree(sinfo->pertid); 6676 } 6677 6678 /** 6679 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station 6680 * 6681 * @dev: the netdev 6682 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6683 * @sinfo: the station information 6684 * @gfp: allocation flags 6685 */ 6686 void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 6687 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 6688 6689 /** 6690 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station 6691 * @dev: the netdev 6692 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6693 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics 6694 * @gfp: allocation flags 6695 */ 6696 void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 6697 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 6698 6699 /** 6700 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station 6701 * 6702 * @dev: the netdev 6703 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6704 * @gfp: allocation flags 6705 */ 6706 static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev, 6707 const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp) 6708 { 6709 cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp); 6710 } 6711 6712 /** 6713 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification 6714 * 6715 * @dev: the netdev 6716 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6717 * @reason: the reason for connection failure 6718 * @gfp: allocation flags 6719 * 6720 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station 6721 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection 6722 * for some reasons, this function is called. 6723 * 6724 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from 6725 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum 6726 */ 6727 void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 6728 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason, 6729 gfp_t gfp); 6730 6731 /** 6732 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 6733 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 6734 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz 6735 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 6736 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 6737 * @len: length of the frame data 6738 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 6739 * 6740 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 6741 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 6742 * 6743 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 6744 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 6745 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 6746 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 6747 */ 6748 bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, int sig_dbm, 6749 const u8 *buf, size_t len, u32 flags); 6750 6751 /** 6752 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame 6753 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 6754 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 6755 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 6756 * @len: length of the frame data 6757 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 6758 * @gfp: context flags 6759 * 6760 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 6761 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 6762 * transmission attempt. 6763 */ 6764 void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6765 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp); 6766 6767 6768 /** 6769 * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame 6770 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 6771 * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame. It is assumed that the skbuf 6772 * is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header). The skb can be non-linear. 6773 * This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is 6774 * responsible for any cleanup. The caller must also ensure that 6775 * skb->protocol is set appropriately. 6776 * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted 6777 * 6778 * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port 6779 * frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive 6780 * control port frames over nl80211. 6781 * 6782 * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all 6783 * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame). 6784 * 6785 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace 6786 */ 6787 bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev, 6788 struct sk_buff *skb, bool unencrypted); 6789 6790 /** 6791 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event 6792 * @dev: network device 6793 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event 6794 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available 6795 * @gfp: context flags 6796 * 6797 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring 6798 * rssi threshold reached event occurs. 6799 */ 6800 void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev, 6801 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event, 6802 s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp); 6803 6804 /** 6805 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer 6806 * @dev: network device 6807 * @peer: peer's MAC address 6808 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold 6809 * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent 6810 * threshold (to account for temporary interference) 6811 * @gfp: context flags 6812 */ 6813 void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev, 6814 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp); 6815 6816 /** 6817 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event 6818 * @dev: network device 6819 * @peer: peer's MAC address 6820 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost 6821 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission 6822 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached. 6823 * @gfp: context flags 6824 * 6825 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a 6826 * given interval is exceeded. 6827 */ 6828 void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 6829 u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp); 6830 6831 /** 6832 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event 6833 * @dev: network device 6834 * @gfp: context flags 6835 * 6836 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP. 6837 */ 6838 void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp); 6839 6840 /** 6841 * cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event 6842 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6843 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 6844 * @gfp: context flags 6845 * 6846 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl. 6847 */ 6848 void cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6849 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, gfp_t gfp); 6850 6851 /** 6852 * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event 6853 * @dev: network device 6854 * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified 6855 * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value 6856 * @gfp: context flags 6857 * 6858 * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action 6859 * frame. 6860 */ 6861 void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac, 6862 struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode, 6863 gfp_t gfp); 6864 6865 /** 6866 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event 6867 * @netdev: network device 6868 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 6869 * @event: type of event 6870 * @gfp: context flags 6871 * 6872 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished 6873 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process, 6874 * also by full-MAC drivers. 6875 */ 6876 void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev, 6877 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6878 enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp); 6879 6880 6881 /** 6882 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying 6883 * @dev: network device 6884 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races) 6885 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter 6886 * @gfp: allocation flags 6887 */ 6888 void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6889 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp); 6890 6891 /** 6892 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate 6893 * @dev: network device 6894 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority) 6895 * @bssid: BSSID of AP 6896 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication 6897 * @gfp: allocation flags 6898 */ 6899 void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index, 6900 const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp); 6901 6902 /** 6903 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame 6904 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 6905 * @addr: the transmitter address 6906 * @gfp: context flags 6907 * 6908 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 6909 * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the 6910 * sender. 6911 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 6912 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 6913 */ 6914 bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev, 6915 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 6916 6917 /** 6918 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame 6919 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 6920 * @addr: the transmitter address 6921 * @gfp: context flags 6922 * 6923 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 6924 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected. 6925 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each 6926 * station to avoid event flooding. 6927 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 6928 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 6929 */ 6930 bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev, 6931 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 6932 6933 /** 6934 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status 6935 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on 6936 * @addr: the address of the peer 6937 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously 6938 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not 6939 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame. 6940 * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not. 6941 * @gfp: allocation flags 6942 */ 6943 void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 6944 u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal, 6945 bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp); 6946 6947 /** 6948 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs 6949 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 6950 * @frame: the frame 6951 * @len: length of the frame 6952 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on 6953 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 6954 * 6955 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 6956 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 6957 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 6958 */ 6959 void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6960 const u8 *frame, size_t len, 6961 int freq, int sig_dbm); 6962 6963 /** 6964 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed 6965 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6966 * @chandef: the channel definition 6967 * @iftype: interface type 6968 * 6969 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 6970 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) 6971 */ 6972 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6973 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6974 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 6975 6976 /** 6977 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation 6978 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6979 * @chandef: the channel definition 6980 * @iftype: interface type 6981 * 6982 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 6983 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version 6984 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under 6985 * more permissive conditions. 6986 * 6987 * Requires the RTNL to be held. 6988 */ 6989 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6990 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6991 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 6992 6993 /* 6994 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace 6995 * @dev: the device which switched channels 6996 * @chandef: the new channel definition 6997 * 6998 * Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable 6999 * driver context! 7000 */ 7001 void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev, 7002 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 7003 7004 /* 7005 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start 7006 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started 7007 * @chandef: the future channel definition 7008 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens 7009 * 7010 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just 7011 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting 7012 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary. 7013 */ 7014 void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 7015 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7016 u8 count); 7017 7018 /** 7019 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band 7020 * 7021 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert 7022 * @band: band pointer to fill 7023 * 7024 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 7025 */ 7026 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class, 7027 enum nl80211_band *band); 7028 7029 /** 7030 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class 7031 * 7032 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 7033 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class 7034 * 7035 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 7036 */ 7037 bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7038 u8 *op_class); 7039 7040 /* 7041 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation 7042 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested 7043 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device 7044 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or 7045 * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN) 7046 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request 7047 * @gfp: allocation flags 7048 * 7049 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that 7050 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP 7051 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use 7052 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g., 7053 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer). 7054 */ 7055 void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 7056 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper, 7057 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp); 7058 7059 /* 7060 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units) 7061 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from 7062 * 7063 * return 0 if MCS index >= 32 7064 */ 7065 u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate); 7066 7067 /** 7068 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev 7069 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove 7070 * 7071 * Call this function only for wdevs that have no netdev assigned, 7072 * e.g. P2P Devices. It removes the device from the list so that 7073 * it can no longer be used. It is necessary to call this function 7074 * even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the interface by 7075 * calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also 7076 * be called when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g. 7077 * when the device is unbound from the driver. 7078 * 7079 * Requires the RTNL to be held. 7080 */ 7081 void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev); 7082 7083 /** 7084 * struct cfg80211_ft_event - FT Information Elements 7085 * @ies: FT IEs 7086 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes 7087 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address 7088 * @ric_ies: RIC IE 7089 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes 7090 */ 7091 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params { 7092 const u8 *ies; 7093 size_t ies_len; 7094 const u8 *target_ap; 7095 const u8 *ric_ies; 7096 size_t ric_ies_len; 7097 }; 7098 7099 /** 7100 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE 7101 * @netdev: network device 7102 * @ft_event: IE information 7103 */ 7104 void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev, 7105 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event); 7106 7107 /** 7108 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer 7109 * @ies: the input IE buffer 7110 * @len: the input length 7111 * @attr: the attribute ID to find 7112 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g. 7113 * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size 7114 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer 7115 * 7116 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and 7117 * copies its contents to the given buffer. 7118 * 7119 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is 7120 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the 7121 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero). 7122 */ 7123 int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 7124 enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr, 7125 u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize); 7126 7127 /** 7128 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC) 7129 * @ies: the IE buffer 7130 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 7131 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 7132 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 7133 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 7134 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 7135 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element 7136 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array 7137 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 7138 * 7139 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 7140 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 7141 * split. 7142 * 7143 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 7144 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 7145 * 7146 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 7147 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 7148 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 7149 * 7150 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 7151 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 7152 * of the buffer should be used. 7153 */ 7154 size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 7155 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, 7156 const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric, 7157 size_t offset); 7158 7159 /** 7160 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering 7161 * @ies: the IE buffer 7162 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 7163 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 7164 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 7165 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 7166 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 7167 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 7168 * 7169 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 7170 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 7171 * split. 7172 * 7173 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 7174 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 7175 * 7176 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 7177 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 7178 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 7179 * 7180 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 7181 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 7182 * of the buffer should be used. 7183 */ 7184 static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 7185 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset) 7186 { 7187 return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset); 7188 } 7189 7190 /** 7191 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN 7192 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup 7193 * @wakeup: the wakeup report 7194 * @gfp: allocation flags 7195 * 7196 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it 7197 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may 7198 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something 7199 * else caused the wakeup. 7200 */ 7201 void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7202 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup, 7203 gfp_t gfp); 7204 7205 /** 7206 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver. 7207 * 7208 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped. 7209 * @gfp: allocation flags 7210 * 7211 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted 7212 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given 7213 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired. 7214 */ 7215 void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp); 7216 7217 /** 7218 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has 7219 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7220 * 7221 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device. 7222 */ 7223 unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7224 7225 /** 7226 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations 7227 * 7228 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7229 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 7230 * 7231 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a 7232 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to 7233 * the interface combinations. 7234 */ 7235 int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7236 struct iface_combination_params *params); 7237 7238 /** 7239 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations 7240 * 7241 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7242 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 7243 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination 7244 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function 7245 * 7246 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible 7247 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching 7248 * purposes. 7249 */ 7250 int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7251 struct iface_combination_params *params, 7252 void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c, 7253 void *data), 7254 void *data); 7255 7256 /* 7257 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection 7258 * 7259 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7260 * @wdev: wireless device 7261 * @gfp: context flags 7262 * 7263 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA 7264 * disconnected. 7265 * 7266 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous. 7267 */ 7268 void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7269 gfp_t gfp); 7270 7271 /** 7272 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy 7273 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down 7274 * 7275 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by 7276 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed). 7277 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors 7278 * that really can't be recovered in any other way. 7279 * 7280 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into 7281 * the driver while the function is running. 7282 */ 7283 void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7284 7285 /** 7286 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag 7287 * 7288 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 7289 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 7290 * 7291 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 7292 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 7293 */ 7294 static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7295 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 7296 { 7297 u8 *ft_byte; 7298 7299 ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 7300 *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8); 7301 } 7302 7303 /** 7304 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag 7305 * 7306 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 7307 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 7308 * 7309 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 7310 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 7311 */ 7312 static inline bool 7313 wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7314 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 7315 { 7316 u8 ft_byte; 7317 7318 ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 7319 return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0; 7320 } 7321 7322 /** 7323 * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function 7324 * @f: NAN function that should be freed 7325 * 7326 * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members. 7327 */ 7328 void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f); 7329 7330 /** 7331 * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters 7332 * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is 7333 * %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber. 7334 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery 7335 * result. 7336 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up. 7337 * @inst_id: the local instance id 7338 * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function 7339 * @addr: the MAC address of the peer 7340 * @info_len: the length of the &info 7341 * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any) 7342 * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function 7343 */ 7344 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params { 7345 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 7346 u8 inst_id; 7347 u8 peer_inst_id; 7348 const u8 *addr; 7349 u8 info_len; 7350 const u8 *info; 7351 u64 cookie; 7352 }; 7353 7354 /** 7355 * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function. 7356 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 7357 * @match: match notification parameters 7358 * @gfp: allocation flags 7359 * 7360 * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This 7361 * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that 7362 * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received. 7363 */ 7364 void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7365 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp); 7366 7367 /** 7368 * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination. 7369 * 7370 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 7371 * @inst_id: the local instance id 7372 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*) 7373 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier 7374 * @gfp: allocation flags 7375 * 7376 * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated. 7377 */ 7378 void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7379 u8 inst_id, 7380 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason, 7381 u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp); 7382 7383 /* ethtool helper */ 7384 void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info); 7385 7386 /** 7387 * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication 7388 * @netdev: network device 7389 * @params: External authentication parameters 7390 * @gfp: allocation flags 7391 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error 7392 */ 7393 int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev, 7394 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params, 7395 gfp_t gfp); 7396 7397 /** 7398 * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data 7399 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 7400 * @req: the original measurement request 7401 * @result: the result data 7402 * @gfp: allocation flags 7403 */ 7404 void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7405 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 7406 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result, 7407 gfp_t gfp); 7408 7409 /** 7410 * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed 7411 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 7412 * @req: the original measurement request 7413 * @gfp: allocation flags 7414 * 7415 * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this 7416 * the request pointer will no longer be valid. 7417 */ 7418 void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7419 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 7420 gfp_t gfp); 7421 7422 /** 7423 * cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed 7424 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7425 * @iftype: interface type 7426 * @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1' 7427 * @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces 7428 * 7429 * Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API 7430 * can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when 7431 * check_swif is '1'. 7432 */ 7433 bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 7434 bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif); 7435 7436 7437 /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */ 7438 7439 /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */ 7440 7441 #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \ 7442 dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7443 #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7444 dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7445 #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7446 dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7447 #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7448 dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7449 #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7450 dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7451 #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7452 dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7453 #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7454 dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7455 #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7456 dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7457 7458 #define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7459 dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7460 #define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7461 dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7462 7463 #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7464 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args) 7465 7466 #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7467 dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7468 7469 #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG) 7470 #define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg 7471 #else 7472 #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7473 ({ \ 7474 if (0) \ 7475 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \ 7476 0; \ 7477 }) 7478 #endif 7479 7480 /* 7481 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference 7482 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the 7483 * file/line information and a backtrace. 7484 */ 7485 #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7486 WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args); 7487 7488 /** 7489 * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space 7490 * @netdev: network device 7491 * @owe_info: peer's owe info 7492 * @gfp: allocation flags 7493 */ 7494 void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev, 7495 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info, 7496 gfp_t gfp); 7497 7498 #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */ 7499